Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Southern Pasture and Forage Crop Improvement Conference"

See other formats


Historic,  Archive  Document 

Do  not  assume  content  reflects  current 
scientific  knowledge,  policies,  or  practices. 


United  States 
Department  of 
Agriculture 

Agricultural 

Research 

Service 


UO.  If 
S*>' f 3 


c ^ 


Proceedings 
of  the 

39th  Southern  Pasture 
and  Forage  Crop 
Improvement  Conference 


May  23-26,  1983 
Oklahoma  City,  Oklahoma 


JT 


r x 

LT)  r 
rn  -- 
r 


Z& 

Xo 

w 


ro 

o 

«x> 

tji 


O — 

- 1 1 


ISSN  0193-6425 


Proceedings 


of  the 

39th  Southern  Pasture  and  Forage  Crop 
Improvement  Conference 


May  23-26,  1983 
Oklahoma  City,  Oklahoma 


Sponsored  by 

the  Agricultural  Experiment  Stations  of  Alabama,  Arkansas, 
Florida,  Georgia,  Kentucky,  Louisiana,  Mississippi.  North 
Carolina,  Oklahoma,  Puerto  Rico,  South  Carolina,  Tennessee, 
Texas,  and  Virginia 

and  the 

Agricultural  Research  Service 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 


Agricultural  Research  Service 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 
1983 


This  publication  is  available  from  John  D.  Miller,  Forage  and 
Turf  Research  Unit,  Agricultural  Research  Service,  Georgia 
Coastal  Plain  Experiment  Station,  Tifton,  Ga.  31793. 


Proceedings  of  the  Southern  Pasture  and  Forage  Crop  Improvement 
Conference,  39th,  May  23-26,  1983,  Oklahoma  City,  Oklahoma. 
Issued  October  1983. 


Published  by  Agricultural  Research  Service  (Southern  Region) , 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  P.0.  Box  53326,  New  Orleans, 

La.  70153,  from  camera-ready  copy  supplied  by  the  authors,  who 
accept  responsibility  for  any  errors  in  their  papers.  The 
opinions  expressed  by  the  authors  are  not  necessarily  those  of 
the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture.  Mention  of  pesticides  does 
not  constitute  a recommendation  for  use  by  USDA,  nor  does  it 
imply  that  the  pesticides  are  registered  under  the  Federal 
Insecticide,  Fungicide,  and  Rodenticide  Act  as  amended.  The 
use  of  trade  names  does  not  constitute  a guarantee,  warranty, 
or  endorsement  of  the  products  by  USDA. 


ii 


CONTENTS 


The  Forage-Livestock  Industry  in  Oklahoma 
Oklahoma’s  livestock  industry 

Robert  Totusek  1 

Pasture-livestock  management  systems 

W.  E.  McMurphy  8 

Forage  resources  of  Oklahoma 

P.  W.  Santelmann  11 

Forage  breeding  programs  at  the  Oklahoma  State 
University 

C.  M.  Taliaferro  and  J.  L.  Caddel  21 

Range  research  at  the  Southern  Plains  Range  Research 

Station 

P.  L.  Sims  26 

Forage  Plant  Resources 

Buffelgrass  germplasm  research  for  the  southern  Great 
Plains 

E.  C.  Bashaw  and  C.  W.  Johns  31 

New  sources  of  genetic  variability  in  dallisgrass  and 
other  Paspalum  species 

Byron  L.  Burson,  Paul  W.  Voigt,  and  Wayne  R.  Johnson  35 
Clover  and  special  purpose  legume  germplasm  resources 
for  the  future 

Gary  A.  Pederson  and  William  E.  Knight  42 

Forage  attributes  for  improved  animal  performance 

H.  Lippke  56 

Panel  Discussion:  Data  Required  Before  Releasing  Forages. 

What  Kind  and  How  Much? 

The  need  for  animal  trials 

D.  A.  Sleper,  F.  A.  Martz , A.  G.  Matches,  and  J.  R. 

Forwood  61 

USDA's  practice  at  Tifton,  Ga. 

Glenn  W.  Burton  and  Warren  G.  Monson  67 

Forage  quality  assessment:  Important  factors  for  plant 
breeders  to  consider 

S.  W.  Coleman  71 

Grazing  management  and  utilization  research  prior  to 
release  of  pasture  cultivars 

Carl  S.  Hoveland  85 

State  agricultural  experiment  station  policies 

W.  C.  Godley  89 

iii 


Page 


Composition  and  ruminal  availability  of  sulfur  in  cool- 
season  grasses 

B.  P.  Glenn  and  D.  G.  Ely  93 

Kochia — forage  or  weed? 

L.  M.  Rommann  96 

No-till  forage  establishment 

Harlan  E.  White  98 

Techniques  using  electronic  communications 

Clement  E.  Ward  102 

Computerized  hay  marketing 

Gerrit  W.  Cuperus  106 

Effect  of  fertilizer  application  and  grazing  management  on 
grazed  New  Zealand  hill  country 

M.  Greg  Lambert  and  David  A.  Clark  108 

Recent  progress  in  forage  production  and  utilization  in 

Scotland 

Thomas  David  Alexander  Forbes  115 

Contributors  125 


IV 


The  Forage-Livestock  Industry  in  Oklahoma 


OKLAHOMA'S  LIVESTOCK  INDUSTRY 

Robert  Totusek 

Oklahoma  State  University 


INTRODUCTION 

Oklahoma  is  livestock  country, with  two-thirds  of  the  total  farm 
income  in  the  state  resulting  from  livestock.  It  has  not 
always  been  so.  Fifty  years  ago,  only  one-third  of  the  state's 
farm  income  was  attributed  to  livestock.  During  the  last  half- 
century  there  has  been  a gradual  shift  from  the  production  of 
cash  crops  to  the  production  of  forage  to  support  the  major 
portion  of  the  state's  livestock  industry.  Today,  three- 
fourths  of  the  state's  44  million  acres  are  utilized  to  a great 
er  or  lesser  degree  by  grazing  animals. 

Although  Oklahoma's  livestock  industry  is  predominantly  a graz- 
ing livestock  industry,  the  non-grazing  types  will  also  be  men- 
tioned briefly  because  they  do  impact  directly  or  indirectly  on 
the  total  animal  industry  in  the  state. 

SWINE 

The  swine  industry  in  Oklahoma  was  at  one  time  much  larger  than 
today.  In  1945  the  state  swine  population  totaled  1.2  million, 
compared  to  400  thousand  today.  The  nature  of  the  swine  indus- 
try has  also  changed,  shifting  from  a family-farm  type  of  pro- 
duction with  several  sows  on  each  farm,  to  large,  highly  spe- 
cialized operations  with  several  hundred  sows  each,  in  confine- 
ment or  semi-confinement.  There  is  great  potential  for  increas 
ed  swine  production  in  the  state.  Oklahoma  is  a pork  deficit 
state,  producing  only  about  one-half  of  its  needs  and  has  sev- 
eral inherent  assets  such  as  a mild  climate.  Consequently,  it 
has  been  projected  that  hog  numbers  in  Oklahoma  could  increase 
as  much  as  50%  by  1990  and  perhaps  double  by  the  end  of  the 
century. 

POULTRY 

Many  people  are  surprised  to  learn  that  poultry  production 


1 


ranks  5th  in  Oklahoma  among  all  agricultural  commodities,  rank- 
ing only  behind  beef  cattle,  wheat,  dairy  cattle  and  hay.  Per- 
haps one  reason  is  that  the  poultry  industry  in  Oklahoma  is  al- 
most totally  located  in  the  eastern  tier  of  counties  and  is  not 
apparent  to  the  casual  traveler  in  many  parts  of  the  state.  The 
poultry  industry  in  Oklahoma  is  primarily  one  of  broiler  produc- 
tion; the  number  of  broilers  produced  in  the  state  increased 
from  3 million  in  1969  to  36  million  in  1980. 

The  nature  of  the  poultry  industry  has  also  changed  drastically, 
from  one  of  farm- flock  production  with  some  poultry  on  every 
farm,  to  a highly  integrated,  highly  automated  industry  with 
relatively  few  but  very  large  producers. 

It  has  been  estimated  that  by  1990  per  capita  production  of 
poultry  will  exceed  that  of  beef,  with  a demand  for  44%  more 
broilers  and  34%  more  layers.  Consequently,  it  is  likely  that 
Oklahoma’s  poultry  industry  will  continue  to  increase. 

HORSES 

Oklahoma  is  horse  country!  Although  not  considered  food  pro- 
ducing animals  in  the  culture  of  the  United  States,  the  many 
horses  in  Oklahoma  do  compete  vigorously  for  available  forage 
and  must  be  considered  relative  to  forage  usage. 

Changes  in  horse  numbers  in  Oklahoma  have  been  similar  to  those 
of  the  United  States.  The  national  horse  herd  peaked  at  20 
million  in  1920,  decreased  to  3 million  in  1960,  and  is  expect- 
ed to  reach  20  million  again  by  1985.  There  are  likely  about 
500  thousand  horses  in  Oklahoma,  with  more  horses  per  square 
mile  than  in  any  state  in  the  country. 

In  1920  and  before  horses  were  used  primarily  for  work  and 
transportation,  and  only  somewhat  incidentally  for  pleasure; 
today  about  97%  of  the  horses  are  used  for  pleasure.  Although 
many  horses  do  serve  an  important  role  on  working  cattle  ranches 
in  Oklahoma,  the  majority  are  used  for  rodeoing,  trail  riding, 
exhibition,  youth  projects  and  simply  for  pleasure  riding  and 
as  companion  animals. 

The  horse  industry  in  Oklahoma  is  big  business!  It  has  been 
estimated  that  each  horse  generates  $1,000  in  business  for  the 
general  economy,  which  means  that  in  Oklahoma  the  horse  indus- 
try is  a $500  million  business.  Now,  with  the  advent  of  para- 
mutual  racing,  it  is  anticipated  that  the  state's  horse  popula- 
tion will  increase  further,  with  a projected  increase  to  600 
thousand  by  the  end  of  the  century  if  not  much  sooner. 

SHEEP 

Sheep  numbers  in  Oklahoma  have  followed  the  same  pattern  as 
national  and  even  world  numbers,  with  a decrease  from  268  thou- 


2 


sand  in  1940  to  72  thousand  in  1977.  Since  the  low  point  was 
reached,  there  has  been  a gradual  increase  to  105  thousand  in. 
1982.  Because  sheep  are  very  complementary  to  wheat  production, 
more  than  one-half  of  the  total  sheep  in  Oklahoma  are  found  in 
the  major  wheat  producing  area  of  north-central  Oklahoma.  How- 
ever, they  can  be  produced  very  satisfactorily  throughout  the 
state. 

Sheep  offer  some  important  advantages.  They  produce  a choice 
product  without  grain,  produce  both  food  and  wool,  facilitate 
optimum  range  and  pasture  utilization  when  grazed  with  cattle, 
are  adapted  to  small  farms,  and  perhaps  most  important  have 
tended  to  return  a profit  even  in  those  years  when  beef  cattle 
production  has  been  unprofitable.  However,  there  are  some 
serious  constraints  to  the  expansion  of  sheep  numbers.  There 
is  a general  lack  of  knowledge  about  sheep,  and  some  general 
sociological  constraints  in  the  minds  of  many  people  who  prefer 
to  produce  cattle.  Although  predators  and  parasites  present 
fewer  problems  than  in  the  past,  sheep  are  seasonal  breeders, 
and  there  is  the  perennial  "vicious  circle"  of  low  numbers  and 
low  consumption,  with  the  low  consumption  caused  not  only  by 
low  numbers,  but  also  the  high  price  of  lamb.  At  the  present 
rate  of  increase,  sheep  numbers  could  double  in  Oklahoma  by 
1990  and  more  than  quadruple  by  the  end  of  the  century.  How- 
ever, the  constraints  mentioned  above  will  likely  dampen  the 
projected  increase  in  sheep  numbers,  especially  if  beef  cattle 
production  is  at  all  profitable. 

DAIRY  CATTLE 


Dairy  cattle  rank  as  the  third  most  important  commodity  in 
Oklahoma  agriculture,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  dairy  cow 
numbers  have  decreased  by  50%  during  the  past  20  years.  How- 
ever, as  is  true  nationally,  the  great  increase  in  production 
per  cow  has  allowed  the  maintenance  of  a stable  milk  supply 
with  a considerably  lower  dairy  cow  population.  In  addition, 
dairy  production  units  have  become  much  larger  and  more  spe- 
cialized; the  average  milk  produced  per  farm  in  Oklahoma 
doubled  from  560  thousand  in  1960  to  1.2  million  pounds  in  1980. 

The  very  high  level  of  milk  production  per  cow  found  in  some 
herds  today  is  a vivid  testimony  to  the  development  and  appli- 
cation of  technology,  particularly  in  the  areas  of  nutrition, 
progeny  testing  and  artificial  insemination. 


A need  for  35-40%  more  milk  has  been  projected  by  the 
2000.  In  that  event,  recognizing  Oklahoma’s  inherent 
tages  of  a relatively  mild  climate  and  a geographical 
close  to  the  sunbelt  areas  of  high  population  growth, 
cattle  industry  will  increase  in  Oklahoma. 


year 
advan- 
location 
the  dairy 


3 


BEEF  CATTLE 


Oklahoma  is  obviously  beef  cattle  country,  a situation  which 
has  developed  over  the  past  60  years: 

CASH  RECEIPTS  FROM 
YEAR CATTLE  & CALVES,  % 


1929 

14 

1949 

25 

1963 

41 

1980 

56 

More  specifically,  Oklahoma  is  beef  cow  country.  Again,  the  in- 
crease over  the  past  60  years  has  been  very  dramatic,  from  200 
thousand  cows  in  1920  to  2.3  million  in  1980.  Today,  there  are 
more  beef  cows  per  square  mile  in  Oklahoma  than  in  any  state. 
There  is  also  a significant  cattle  feeding  industry  in  Oklahoma, 
largely  centered  in  the  Panhandle,  where  almost  600  thousand 
head  are  fed  each  year. 

The  nature  as  well  as  the  size  of  the  beef  cattle  industry  in 
Oklahoma  has  changed  markedly  in  the  past  100  years,  from  the 
time  of  the  Longhorn  cattle  (in  some  respects  we  have  come 
"full  circle"  because  today  Longhorn  bulls  are  being  frequently 
used  on  first-calf  heifers  to  minimize  calving  problems) . Un- 
til about  1950  commercial  beef  cattle  production  in  Oklahoma 
consisted  largely  of  straight-bred  British  breeds  which  had 
been  bred  up  from  the  original  Longhorn  base.  However,  as 
knowledge  developed  about  the  benefits  of  heterosis,  producers 
began  crossbreeding  and  today  the  majority  of  calves  coming  to 
market  are  crossbreds,  and  often  carry  some  blood  of  the  conti- 
nental breeds  which  for  the  most  part  were  imported  about  1970. 
In  very  recent  years  we  have  seen  Brahman  cattle  moving  north- 
ward in  Oklahoma  from  the  breed's  traditional  stronghold  in  the 
southeastern  part  of  the  state. 

OTHER  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  OKLAHOMA'S  LIVESTOCK  INDUSTRY 

At  least  three  additional  traits  help  to  characterize  the  live- 
stock industry  in  Oklahoma. 

Seed  Stock  Industry 

Oklahoma  has  historically  been  important  in  the  genetic  improve- 
ment and  seed  stock  production  of  livestock,  in  some  cases  far 
out  of  proportion  to  the  importance  of  the  commercial  industry 
in  the  state.  In  the  case  of  beef  cattle,  of  course,  it  is  no 
surprise  that  Oklahoma  ranks  in  the  top  five  in  the  production 
of  purebred  beef  cattle  in  seven  breeds,  with  four  additional 
breeds  ranking  in  the  top  nine.  Likewise,  it  is  not  surprising 
that  three  separate  breeds  of  horses  rank  in  the  top  three  na- 
tionally. It  is  a bit  surprising,  however,  to  find  that  Okla- 
homa has  six  breeds  of  hogs  ranking  anywhere  from  fourth  to 
ninth  nationally  and  similarly,  three  breeds  of  sheep  ranking 


4 


fourth  and  another  breed  7th. 


Performance  Testing 


Many  of  Oklahoma’s  seed  stock  producers  were  pioneers  in  per- 
formance testing.  That  emphasis  on  genetic  improvement  in 
traits  of  economic  importance  is  still  evident  today,  with  a 
central  boar  test  station  and  central  bull  test  station  among 
the  largest  and  most  prominent  in  the  country.  For  example, 
approximately  700  bulls  are  tested  each  year  at  the  Oklahoma 
Beef,  Incorporated  facility  at  Stillwater  alone.  Oklahoma  seed 
stock  producers  and  Oklahoma  State  University  have  a somewhat 
unique  arrangement  wherein  the  University  provides  land  on  a 
long-term  lease  basis  plus  supervision,  and  the  breeders  pro- 
vide the  facilities  and  all  costs  of  the  performance  testing. 

Youth  Livestock  Projects 


Oklahoma  has  historically  placed  heavy  emphasis  on  youth  live- 
stock projects,  including  4-H  and  FFA  involvement  in  livestock 
shows.  The  spring  Junior  Livestock  Show  in  Oklahoma  City,  for 
example,  is  billed  as  the  largest  junior  livestock  show  in  the 
country.  Some  people  are  critical  of  shows,  and  there  are  ways 
in  which  they  could  be  improved,  but  among  other  assets  they 
serve  to  maintain  the  interest  of  young  people  in  animal  agri- 
culture. The  contention  that  young  people  will  not  be  able  to 
adapt  to  "real  life  situations"  due  to  the  impracticality  of 
livestock  shows  is  without  foundation.  Young  people  are  very 
astute  and  are  able  to  maintain  their  perspective  and  conse- 
quently have  no  problem  in  adapting  to  commercial  livestock 
production  at  the  appropriate  time.  Actually,  the  most  promi- 
nent carry-over  from  show  involvement  is  that  the  young  people 
tend  to  transfer  the  desire  to  excel  to  livestock  production. 

THE  FUTURE  OF  THE  LIVESTOCK  INDUSTRY 

Everyone  agrees  that  animal  agriculture  in  the  future  faces 
some  constraints  which  are  largely  applicable  nationally  and 
which  include  at  least  the  following: 

1.  High  production  costs 

2.  Low  profits 

3.  Misinformation  (about  animal  foods) 

4.  Decreased  demand  for  animal  foods 

5.  Animal  rights  (and  welfare)  issue 

6.  Regulations 

7.  Waste  management 

On  the  other  hand,  there  are  some  real  opportunities  ahead  in 
animal  agriculture: 

1.  Demand  for  food 

2.  Technology 

3.  Domestic  markets 

4.  Foreign  markets 

5.  Producing  to  meet  demand 


5 


6.  Geographic  location 

7.  Climate 

Again,  most  of  the  opportunities  apply  nationally,  with  only 
the  last  two  being  primarily  applicable  to  Oklahoma.  (Okla- 
homa's advantages  are  likely  offset  by  other  advantages  in 
other  areas  of  the  country.) 

There  will  be  a great  increase  in  demand  for  food  by  the  end  of 
the  century,  which  obviously  bodes  well  for  animal  agriculture. 
By  the  year  2000  there  will  be  a need  for  75%  more  milk,  80% 
more  beef  and  90%  more  sheep  and  goats. 

Technology  represents  the  most  important  opportunity  over  which 
the  individual  producer  has  control.  For  example,  considerable 
research  in  Oklahoma  and  elsewhere  has  shown  that  with  existing 
technology  most  forage-producing  operations  could  double,  or 
even  triple  and  yes,  even  quadruple  forage  production,  given 
adequate  economic  reward.  Or,  on  the  animal  side,  research 
has  shown  that  beef  production  can  be  increased  10%  through  the 
use  of  two- breed  crossbreeding,  20%  through  the  use  of  three- 
breed  crossbreeding,  30%  if  Brahman  are  included  in  the  cross- 
breeding program,  40%  if  a growthy  breed  is  included  in  the 
crossbreeding  program,  and  50%  if  a heavy  milking  breed  is  in- 
cluded. The  list  could  go  on  and  on. 

As  we  look  ahead,  we  would  agree  that  "we  ain't  seen  nothing 
yet"  when  we  think  of  opportunities  which  have  been  projected 
through  the  use  of  new  technology  in  such  areas  as  genetic 
engineering. 

KEYS  TO  SURVIVAL 

What  does  the  producer  need  to  do  as  he  looks  ahead,  to 
strengthen  his  operation,  and  indeed  just  to  survive?  He  needs 
to  do  two  things:  First,  he  needs  to  adopt  all  available  tech- 
nology that  is  applicable  and  profitable  in  his  operation.  It 
is  rather  revealing  to  consider  the  rates  of  technology  adop- 
tion in  various  animal  industries. 

Percentage  of 

Industry Technology  Adopted 


Poultry 

90 

Dairy 

75 

Swine 

75 

Beef  Cattle 

40-50 

Sheep 

40-50 

These  figures  certainly  provide  a vivid  explanation  of  the  past 
and  certainly  provide  some  warnings  for  the  future.  It  is 
quite  apparent  that  the  rate  of  technology  adoption  must  be 
increased  with  our  forage  producing  animals. 


6 


Second,  the  producer  must  become  involved.  Historically,  the 
livestock  producer  has  been  a rugged  individualist,  and  has 
been  proud  of  it.  This  has  been  commendable  but  the  livestock 
producers  of  the  future  cannot  afford  such  luxury.  They  must 
unite  to  solve  problems,  such  as  those  relating  to  market  de- 
velopment, public  relations  and  orientation  of  decision-makers 
(political  impact) . 

CHALLENGE  OF  ANIMAL  AGRICULTURE 

Although  this  applies  more  to  Oklahoma  than  some  areas,  we  have 
two  challenges  in  terms  of  the  agriculture  economy.  One  is  to 
revitalize  the  beef  cattle  sector,  primarily  through  the  appli- 
cation of  existing  technology  and  the  development  of  new  tech- 
nology as  possible  and  necessary.  Second  is  to  diversify  ani- 
mal agriculture  through  the  enhancement  and  growth  of  such 
areas  as  dairy,  poultry,  swine,  sheep  and  perhaps  even  in  some 
cases,  horses.  We  have,  in  Oklahoma,  essentially  a two-commo- 
dity agriculture  (beef  cattle  and  wheat) , and  in  those  years 
when  prices  of  beef  cattle  and  wheat  are  both  depressed,  the 
economy  of  the  state  suffers. 

OKLAHOMA  STATE  UNIVERSITY'S  ROLE 

What  do  we  at  Oklahoma  State  University  intend  to  do  about  the 
constraints,  the  opportunities  and  the  challenges  relating  to 
animal  agriculture?  We  intend  to  do  three  things  essentially: 
(1)  Through  research  we  will  develop  more  technology.  The 
difficult  questions  ahead  will  require  both  more  research  and 
more  sophisticated  research,  both  applied  and  basic  research, 
and  both  biological  and  economic  research.  (2)  We  will  become 
more  effective  in  our  extension  programming  to  facilitate  a 
higher  rate  of  technology  adoption,  through  such  innovations 
as  educational  TV,  satellite  communications,  continuing  educa- 
tion, expanded  use  of  total  mass  media,  and  home  video  courses 
just  to  mention  a few  possibilities.  (3)  In  our  teaching  pro- 
grams we  will  need  to  "produce"  more  graduates  to  meet  the  in- 
creasing needs  of  high  technology  production  in  many  areas  of 
the  livestock  industry  and  related  agribusiness,  and  we  will 
need  to  do  a better  job  of  training  the  students  through  empha- 
sis not  only  on  the  art  and  science  of  livestock  production, 
but  on  the  business  aspect  as  well. 

Productivity  in  animal  agriculture  in  terms  of  output  per  fe- 
male (cow,  sow,  ewe)  approximately  doubled  during  the  50  years 
beginning  in  1925.  This  was  largely  due  to  the  cooperative 
efforts  of  our  system  of  research  and  education,  the  hard 
working  livestock  producer  and  an  effective  agribusiness  com- 
plex. With  the  same  kind  of  team  work  in  the  future,  we  have 
every  reason  to  think  that  we  can  more  than  double  productivity 
per  unit  in  the  next  fifty  years. 


7 


The  Forage-Livestock  Industry  in  Oklahoma 


PASTURE-LIVESTOCK  MANAGEMENT  SYSTEMS 

W.  E.  McMurphy 

Oklahoma  State  University 


Precipitation  is  a controlling  factor  in  the  forage  production 
in  Oklahoma.  The  eastern  one  third  of  the  state  has  an  annual 
precipitation  of  over  40  inches  and  will  produce  an  abundance 
of  forage,  both  cool  and  warm  season.  The  western  one  third 
of  Oklahoma  receives  about  one  half  the  annual  precipitation 
that  eastern  Oklahoma  receives,  but  the  distribution  of  mois- 
ture strongly  favors  warm  season  species.  Average  monthly 
precipitation  is  about  one  inch  from  November  through  March, 
five  months.  The  small  grains  with  mostly  wheat  pasture  are 
the  only  viable  cool  season  forages  for  this  western  area. 

Fescue  toxicosis  has  not  been  a big  problem  in  Oklahoma,  pos- 
sibly because  not  enough  fescue  is  grown.  Tall  fescue  is  the 
only  cool  season  perennial  grass  reasonably  well  adapted  to 
eastern  Oklahoma.  However,  tall  fescue  is  unreliable  as  a 
source  of  winter  forage.  No  fall  growth  was  produced  in  four 
of  six  years  in  a study  near  Pawhuska.  Ranchers  are  thus 
unwilling  to  purchase  necessary  N fertilizer  for  fall  growth 
for  an  unreliable  situation. 

The  rough  rocky  wooded  lands  of  the  Ouachita  and  Ozark  High- 
lands Resource  Areas  that  currently  produce  blackjack  and  post 
oak  have  great  forage  potential.  Herbicides  will  control  the 
woody  species.  Burning  will  prepare  a seedbed  for  tall  fescue. 
Aerial  application  of  seed  and  fertilizer  have  been  proven 
techniques  in  developing  this  potential.  Unfortunately  the 
economics  of  this  practice  are  not  practical  at  the  present 
time. 

Arrowleaf  clover  is  not  the  major  pasture  legume  of  eastern 
Oklahoma.  This  species  has  three  important  characteristics 
vital  to  its  success:  (1)  it  is  a prolific  reseeding  annual, 
(2)  it  has  hard  dormant  seed,  and  (3)  it  grows  tall.  Perennial 
pasture  legumes  often  die  during  summer  drought.  The  hard 


8 


dormant  seed  characteristic  provides  seed  for  another  crop  when 
early  fall  precipitation  causes  germination  followed  by  drought 
which  can  be  lethal  to  all  seedlings.  The  tall  growth  charac- 
teristic enables  it  to  survive  spring  grazing  mismanagement  if 
grasses  get  too  tall.  Other  pasture  legumes  in  use  are  hop 
clover,  red  clover,  white  clover,  crimson  clover,  and  subter- 
ranian  clover. 

Bermudagrass  is  the  most  important  introduced  grass  and  occupies 
at  least  six  million  acres.  Many  of  the  pastures  in  eastern 
Oklahoma  that  are  dominated  by  broomsedge  and  weeds  appear  to  be 
rangeland  because  that  is  the  way  they  are  being  managed. 
However,  these  areas  that  have  bermudagrass  present  can  be 
quickly  converted  to  very  productive  pasture.  Mowing  in  early 
June  removes  the  dormant  cool  season  annual  grasses  and  controls 
many  broadleaf  weeds.  Then  an  application  of  N fertilizer  plus 
P and  K fertilizer  if  needed  will  quickly  convert  these  seem- 
ingly low  productive  lands  into  bermudagrass  pastures  within  a 
month. 

Winter  hardiness  has  always  been  a problem  with  any  new  bermuda- 
grass varieties.  The  Midland  and  Hardie  varieties  are  the  best 
adapted  ones  for  Oklahoma.  A five-year  grazing  test  with  steers 
at  Perkins,  Oklahoma  compared  Midland  and  Hardie  bermudagrass . 

A three  paddock  rotation  was  used  with  the  objective  to  graze 
grass  that  was  between  two  and  three  weeks  of  age.  A split 
application  of  N fertilizer  was  used  with  50  lb  of  N per  acre 
applied  three  times  each  season.  Average  daily  gain  was  1.80  lb 
for  Hardie  and  1.61  lb  for  Midland.  Stocking  rates  were 
adjusted  with  the  put  and  take  method  to  use  available  forage 
and  averaged  2.4  steers  per  acre  for  Hardie  and  2.3  steers  per 
acre  for  Midland.  Total  beef  production  per  acre  was  636  lb  for 
Hardie  and  492  lb  for  Midland.  The  value  of  an  improved  variety 
was  apparent. 

Native  range  that  dominates  the  grassland  resources  of  Oklahoma 
requires  a different  management  philosophy  than  that  of  most 
introduced  grass  pastures.  The  goal  of  range  management  for 
cattle  production  is  to  promote  plant  succession  to  the  point  of 
the  tallest  climax  native  grasses  the  site  will  support.  The 
goal  of  pasture  management  is  to  prevent  plant  succession. 

Plant  succession  in  rangeland  is  promoted  best  by  permitting  the 
grasses  to  grow,  preferably  all  during  the  growing  season  with 
grazing  done  in  the  dormant  season.  This  deferment  when  com- 
bined with  herbicides  or  fire  in  special  situations  is  very 
effective  in  promoting  plant  succession.  With  season  long 
grazing  on  range,  the  rule  of  "take  half  and  leave  half"  must  be 
followed.  It  is  very  necessary  to  practice  this  moderate  use  of 
range  during  the  growing  season  to  maintain  the  necessary  root 
carbohydrate  reserves  for  plant  vigor  and  competitive  ability. 
However,  these  practices  do  not  apply  to  introduced  pasture 
species  and  would  be  a wasted  effort.  We  prevent  plant  succes- 
sion in  bermudagrass  pastures  by  mowing  and  fertilizing, 


9 


followed  shortly  by  grazing.  On  rangeland  the  practices  of  mow- 
ing, fertilizing,  then  grazing  would  be  disastrous  to  the  native 
climax  grasses. 

The  range  manager  must  be  concerned  with  adjusting  the  stocking 
rate,  time  of  grazing,  and  degree  of  use,  because  he  has  little 
control  over  the  quantity  of  forage  production.  Stocking  rate 
flexibility  is  necessary.  The  pasture  manager  can  adjust  the 
quantity  of  forage  produced  with  N fertilizer  and  has  more 
control  over  timing  of  that  production  through  selection  of 
species  planted  and  timing  of  the  fertilizer  application. 

Native  range  grasses  have  a slow  rate  of  physiological  maturity, 
and  grasses  deferred  from  grazing  from  May  1 to  July  1 are  still 
good  quality  forage.  This  is  not  true  of  the  introduced  forage 
species  because  they  have  a much  faster  rate  of  physiological 
maturity  with  the  corresponding  decline  in  forage  quality. 

The  native  tall  grasses  of  the  True  Prairie  region  have  very 
slow  regrowth  following  herbage  removal  after  July  1.  This  is 
the  result  of  evolutionary  selection  pressures.  These  species 
are  very  palatable,  they  evolved  with  grazing,  and  slow  regrowth 
is  a survival  mechanism.  There  is  a vast  genetic  diversity 
within  these  tall  grass  species,  but  any  ecotype  which  evolved 
which  had  rapid  regrowth  would  have  been  vulnerable.  Rapid 
regrowth  occurs  at  the  expense  of  the  root  carbohydrate 
reserves,  regrowth  is  very  palatable  to  herbivores,  and  such 
ecotypes  probably  disappeared  from  the  ecosystem.  With  such 
slow  regrowth  the  native  ranges  will  require  a much  longer 
period  of  deferment  in  a rotation  system  than  the  introduced 
grasses. 

The  pasture  systems  of  Oklahoma  are  combined  with  the  native 
range  resource  throughout  the  state.  Management  of  each 
requires  different  techniques,  but  the  greatest  potential  for 
expansion  is  with  introduced  forage  species.  The  technology  is 
available,  but  the  present  economical  pressures  upon  the  beef 
industry  limit  its  expansion  in  Oklahoma. 


10 


The  Forage-Livestock  Industry  in  Oklahoma 


FORAGE  RESOURCES  OF  OKLAHOMA 
P.  W.  Santelmann 
Oklahoma  State  University 


I appreciate  the  opportunity  to  present  an  overview  of  the 
plant  resources  of  Oklahoma.  Since  it  is  difficult  to  talk 
about  plants  without  discussing  water  and  soil  I would  like  to 
mention  these  resources  also. 

The  growing  of  plants  for  food,  fiber,  feed,  fuel,  conserva- 
tion, recreation,  and  esthetics  is  big  business  in  Oklahoma. 
Plant  agriculture  is  important  not  only  as  a livelihood  for  our 
farmers  and  ranchers  but  also  for  the  well-being  of  our  citi- 
zens. We  still  consider  ourselves  an  agricultural  state. 
However,  the  climate  in  Oklahoma  is  harsh  for  plant  production. 
Rainfall  and  temperature  vary  quite  widely  across  the  state  and 
the  distribution  at  any  one  locality  is  highly  uneven  from  year 
to  year.  Unseasonable  cool  temperature,  frost,  or  hot  dessi- 
cating  winds  frequently  reduce  plant  growth  and  crop  yields. 

The  extensive  types  of  crop  and  livestock  production  have 
dominated  agricultural  enterprises  in  Oklahoma  since  settlement 
(as  contrasted  to  intensive).  This  type  of  production  was  best 
suited  to  the  state's  resources  and  climate.  Forage  production 
kept  pace  with  the  growing  livestock  industry.  Oklahoma  soil 
and  climatic  conditions  coupled  with  the  intense  interest  in 
livestock  makes  forage  production  well  suited  to  the  state. 

The  land  devoted  to  ranges,  pastures,  and  forage  crops  exceeds 
land  devoted  to  cultivated  crops  by  a wide  margin.  The  acreage 
in  improved  pasture  has  quadrupled  in  the  last  25  years.  An 
increase  in  forage  production  is  anticipated  - primarily 
through  improved  pasture  and  range  management  and  the  conver- 
sion of  some  ranges  into  improved  pastures. 

Water.  Certainly  one  element  necessary  for  successful  forage 
production  is  water.  The  sources  of  water  for  both  livestock 
and  man  in  Oklahoma  include  farm  ponds,  large  reservoirs,  flood 
water  detention  reservoirs,  and  major  streams  such  as  the 


11 


Arkansas,  Cimarron,  Canadian,  and  Red  Rivers  and  their  tribu- 
taries. In  addition  a few  of  our  counties  have  underground 
water  resources  from  the  Oogalala  water  formation. 

We  have  over  100,000  farm  ponds  in  Oklahoma.  There  are  13  large 
reservoirs  throughout  the  state  but  most  of  the  water  in  these 
is  not  available  for  agriculture  use.  Our  annual  precipitation 
varies  from  about  52  inches  in  the  southeast  to  16  inches  in  the 
northwest  corner  of  our  High  Plains.  Almost  one  million  acres 
in  Oklahoma  is  irrigated  each  year,  but  this  is  primarily  not  on 
forages.  There  are  exceptions  to  this  as  some  alfalfa  and 
bermudagrass  are  irrigated.  Most  of  the  water  goes  for  irri- 
gated crops  such  as  cotton,  peanuts,  soybeans,  wheat,  and 
sorghum. 

Soils.  There  are  about  44  million  acres  of  land  in  Oklahoma. 

Our  soils  vary  widely  in  the  nature  of  their  parent  material, 
their  topography,  their  age,  and  properties  such  as  organic 
matter,  pH,  and  cation  status.  In  general  organic  matter 
content  is  low  - in  the  area  of  1%  or  less.  Soil  pH  in  most  of 
the  state  is  on  the  neutral  or  basic  side,  but  does  become 
acidic  as  you  get  into  the  higher  rainfall  areas  in  eastern 
Okl ahoma. 

The  state  is  roughly  divided  into  nine  resource  areas.  Of 
course  there  are  many  different  soil  series  within  each  resource 
area.  Starting  from  the  east  the  Ouachita  Highlands  in  south- 
eastern Oklahoma  is  characterized  by  a series  of  parallel  ridges 
running  generally  east  and  west.  The  rugged  surface  and  sizable 
acreages  of  stoney,  shallow  soils  are  developed  from  weathering 
of  sandstone  and  shale.  This  resource  area  contains  nearly  a 
half  million  acres  in  pasture  and  rangeland  in  Classes  I through 
IV  and  even  more  in  Classes  V through  VI. 

The  Ozark  Highlands  in  northeastern  Oklahoma  also  has  a variable 
surface  relief  and  comprises  about  1.6  million  acres.  Pasture 
and  range  make  up  only  about  14%  of  this  area.  When  we  get  into 
the  northeast  and  southeastern  corners  of  the  state  there  are 
about  2\  million  acres  of  rangeland  in  these  mountainous  areas. 
The  average  stocking  rate  in  this  area  is  about  40  acres  per 
animal  unit  (AUY). 

The  Forested  Coastal  Plains  consist  of  about  one  and  one-third 
million  acres  in  southcentral  Oklahoma.  Most  of  these  soils  are 
sandy  and  are  developed  from  beds  of  unconsolidated  sands,  clays 
and  sandy  clays.  Pasture  and  range  make  up  about  15%  of  this 
area. 

The  Cherokee  Prairies  consist  of  6i  million  acres  of  gentle  and 
somewhat  rolling  land  in  eastcentral  and  northeastern  Oklahoma. 
The  annual  precipitation  varies  from  35  to  45  inches  per  year. 
Low  ridges  of  outcropping  sandstone  traverse  the  area  and  these 
soils  are  generally  sandy,  shallow,  and  non-arable  . The 


12 


Bluestem  Hills  (Flint  Hills)  are  included  in  the  northwest  part 
of  this  resource  area.  Pasture  and  range  comprise  over  half  of 
the  acreage  in  this  area.  In  these  eastern  prairies  we  find 
that  the  tall  grasses  are  dominant  - including  switchgrass, 
Indiangrass,  and  the  big  and  little  bluestems.  The  ranges  of 
this  area  (about  1.5  million  acres)  support  an  average  stocking 
rate  of  10  AUY.  This  area  offers  tremendous  possibility  of 
expanded  forage  production. 

The  Cross  Timbers  comprise  another  six  million  acres  through  the 
central  part  of  Oklahoma.  The  surface  relief  varies  from  gently 
rolling  to  hilly.  The  dominant  soils  are  sandstone  derived  and 
under  natural  conditions  support  mainly  a post  oak  and  blackjack 
oak  savannah  type  of  vegetation.  Soil  is  very  shallow  and  has  a 
lower  stocking  rate  than  some  of  the  western  lands,  approxi- 
mately 45  AUY.  The  species  prevalent  in  this  2.2  million  acres 
of  range  area  are  primarily  Indiangrass  and  the  bluestems.  The 
Cross  Timber  area  is  rapidly  going  to  improved  pasture  and  we 
hope  to  see  this  trend  continue. 

The  Grand  Prairie  in  southern  Oklahoma  contains  almost  two 
million  acres.  The  surface  relief  ranges  from  gently  wavey  to 
rolling  and  hilly.  The  soils  were  developed  from  limestone  on 
shale  under  the  cover  of  tall  grasses.  The  soils  are  predomi- 
nately dark  colored  and  heavy  or  clayey.  About  70%  of  this  area 
is  in  pasture  and  range  and  forage  production  can  be  improved 
considerably. 

The  Reddish  Prairie  in  westcentral  Oklahoma  occupies  a wide  belt 
through  the  state  and  contains  about  8i  million  acres  of  wavey 
to  gently  rolling  surface  relief.  The  soils  developed  under  a 
grass  cover  over  weakly  calcareous  red  shales  and  sandstones. 
This  area  has  the  highest  concentration  of  cultivated  cropland 
in  the  state,  but  still  about  1/2  of  it  is  devoted  to  pasture 
and  range.  In  the  Red  Prairies  there  are  about  2.3  million  acres 
of  range  which  has  primarily  big  bluestem,  side  oats  gramma,  and 
little  bluestem  and  a stocking  rate  of  about  20  AUY. 

The  Rolling  Red  Plains  make  up  a large  resource  area  of  about  9£ 
million  acres  in  the  western  part  of  the  state.  Like  the  rest 
of  the  state  it  tilts  toward  the  southeast  with  elevation 
ranging  from  1000  feet  in  the  east  to  3000  feet  above  sea  level 
in  the  west.  The  surface  is  rolling  with  deep  cut  valleys  and 
narrow  strips  of  alluvial  soils.  Most  of  the  20  to  30  inches  of 
precipitation  occurs  between  April  and  September,  but  the 
distribution  is  irregular  and  droughts  are  common.  About  four 
million  acres  is  in  pasture  and  range  and  comprising  primarily 
of  sand  and  big  bluestem,  blue  gramma,  and  little  bluestem. 

Here  the  average  stocking  rate  is  about  30  AUY. 

The  High  Plains  contain  almost  four  million  acres  of  land 
sloping  from  the  southeast  to  a high  point  in  the  northwest 
almost  5000  feet  above  sea  level.  The  rainfall  is  only  15  to  20 


13 


inches  per  year.  These  soils  developed  from  outwash  material 
imported  from  the  higher  elevations  of  the  west.  On  the  High 
Plains  we  find  that  the  dominant  forage  species  are  blue  gramma, 
buffalograss  and  little  bluestem.  The  range  area  comprises 
about  \\  million  acres  and  has  a stocking  rate  of  about  40  AUY. 

Rangeland.  Rangeland  and  forest  range  occupy  about  20  million 
acres,  or  almost  one-half  of  the  land  area  in  Oklahoma.  It 
includes  all  lands  on  which  the  native  vegetation  is  predomi- 
nately grasses,  grass-like  plants,  forbes  or  shrubs  suitable  for 
grazing  or  browsing.  These  include  land  revegetated  naturally 
or  artificially  to  provide  a forage  cover  that  is  managed  like 
native  vegetation.  Rangelands  in  Oklahoma  include  natural 
grasslands,  hay  meadows,  savannahs,  shrub  lands,  abandoned 
cropland  and  areas  originally  planted  to  introduce  pasture 
species  but  which  have  reverted  to  predominately  native  vegeta- 
tion because  of  a lack  of  proper  management.  Rangelands  may 
also  include  many  forest  lands  and  grazable  woodlands  in 
Oklahoma. 

The  Oklahoma  resouces  inventory  indicates  that  about  65%  of  the 
rangeland  in  Oklahoma  needs  some  type  of  conservation  treatment 
to  restore  the  land  to  its  full  potential.  The  primary  needs 
are  for  brush  and  weed  control,  grazing  management  and  other 
range  improvement  practices  which  increase  range  condition, 
herbaceous  plant  production  and  groundcover. 

The  role  of  rangeland  in  the  Oklahoma  economy  is  difficult  to 
measure  because  aggregate  production  data  concerning  livestock 
and  other  uses  of  rangeland  are  not  available.  However,  exist- 
ing knowledge  and  technology  applicable  to  Oklahoma  rangeland 
could  easily  double  current  livestock  and  wildlife  production  if 
implemented  thoughout  the  state.  Too  often  the  focus  has  been 
on  range  improvements  as  a cure  for  improper  grazing  management. 

Pests.  Pests  on  Oklahoma  rangeland  include  primarily  weeds, 
brush , and  insects.  There  are  undesirable  plants  on  most  of  the 
20  million  acres  of  rangeland  and  forest  range.  About  11 
million  of  these  acres  have  a serious  woody  plant  problem. 

These  plants  are  considered  undesirable  since  they  are  not 
utilized  by  livestock  and  compete  with  desirable  plants.  The 
primary  weed  problems  on  rangelands  and  pastures  are  broomweeds, 
ironweeds,  and  the  ragweeds.  In  the  western  half  of  the  state 
the  problem  is  dominated  by  western  ragweed  and  the  broomweed. 

In  the  eastern  half  the  problem  is  dominated  by  western  ragweed 
and  lance-leaf  ragweed.  Both  the  common  broomweed  and  the 
lance-leaf  ragweed  are  annuals,  and  are  particularly  a problem 
following  drought  years.  Most  areas  are  overgrazed  during 
periods  of  low  production  and  this  allows  open  spaces  for  the 
annuals  to  germinate  and  establish.  Western  ragweed  is  a 
perennial  that  spreads  both  by  seed  and  vegetative  underground 
stems.  Once  the  plants  become  established  the  problem  tends  to 
increase  each  year. 


14 


Most  of  the  herbaceous  plants  have  about  the  same  requirement 
for  growth  as  the  native  desirable  plants  so  that  there  is  about 
one  pound  of  desirable  forage  loss  for  every  pound  of  weeds 
produced.  Weed  production  on  pastures  and  range  varies  consid- 
erably throughout  the  state  but  about  1000  pounds  of  weeds 
produced  is  very  common  and  2000  pounds  is  not  uncommon.  There 
are  normally  three  control  options  for  taking  care  of  herbaceous 
weeds  on  our  forage  lands.  Grazing  is  one  option  that  is  often 
overlooked.  It  can  be  very  effective  and  an  economical  alter- 
native. It  does  require  heavy  stocking  rates  for  a short  period 
of  time  when  the  weeds  are  palatable  and  then  removing  the 
cattle  to  allow  regrowth  of  desirable  grasses.  Fair  results 
have  been  obtained  with  prairie  threeawn,  broomsage,  sandbur, 
and  western  ragweed  but  results  with  other  species  such  as 
western  ironweed  and  common  broomweed  have  been  poor. 

A second  option  for  controlling  weeds  is  mowing,  but  it  is 
primarily  a cosmetic  option  the  way  that  mowers  use  it. 

Although  it  can  be  effective  in  preventing  weeds  from  producing 
seed  most  of  the  competition  has  already  resulted.  There  is 
also  loss  of  desirable  forage  from  mowing.  Burning  can  best 
replace  mowing  if  done  properly.  The  third  and  probably  best 
all  around  option  is  the  use  of  herbicides  to  control  weeds. 

The  primary  herbicide  use  for  weed  control  is  2,4-D-which  is 
effective  on  many  of  the  broadleaved  weeds  and  is  available  in  a 
number  of  formulations.  Dicamba  has  been  mixed  with  2,4-D  for 
specific  weed  problems.  Atrazine  is  also  approved  for  use  on 
rangelands.  Its  primary  advantage  is  its  activity  on  annual 
grasses  such  as  the  annual  bromes  and  prairie  threeawn.  Rain- 
fall after  application  is  necessary  to  move  the  atrazine  into 
the  root  zone. 

The  primary  brush  problems  on  the  rangelands  and  pastures  of 
Oklahoma  are  the  scrub  oaks.  This  ranges  from  the  blackjack  and 
post  oak  complex  as  the  dominant  vegetation  on  the  sandy  soils 
of  the  Cross  Timbers  and  in  southeastern  Oklahoma  to  the  shin- 
nery  oak-sand  sage  complex  which  is  the  dominant  vegetation  on 
sandy  soils  in  the  western  part  of  the  state.  Native  grass 
production  on  some  of  these  areas  is  less  than  500  lbs.  per 
acre.  Brush  is  constantly  invading  the  Oklahoma  grasslands 
since  environmental  conditions  are  favorable  for  brush.  It  is 
estimated  that  there  are  more  acres  of  rangeland  infested  with 
brush  now  than  at  any  time  since  statehood.  Much  of  this  is 
attributed  to  a large  increase  in  eastern  red  cedar.  Some  ten 
years  ago  this  was  a problem  on  about  one  million  acres,  but 
today  they  are  becoming  a problem  on  more  than  4i  million  acres 
of  the  Cross  Timbers  and  Reddish  Prairie  lands.  This  increase 
is  attributed  to  the  lack  of  burning  coupled  with  a large  number 
of  seed  trees  scattered  throughout  the  state.  In  addition  the 
major  brush  herbicides  do  not  control  eastern  red  cedar. 

Brush  control  options  are  available  but  limited.  Mechanical 
clearing  has  become  very  expensive  and  most  desirable  sites  have 


15 


already  been  converted.  The  requirement  that  these  sites  be 
"farmed"  for  two  seasons  to  control  resprouts  puts  a severe 
limitation  on  this  option.  Mowing  is  possible  on  level  areas 
but  is  non-effective  on  most  woody  species,  with  the  possible 
exception  of  small  eastern  red  cedar  trees.  In  fact  mowing  will 
often  increase  the  number  of  stems  of  some  species.  There  is 
also  a decrease  in  top  to  root  ratio  and  this  results  in  less 
effective  control  with  any  follow  up  foliar  sprays.  Burning  has 
essentially  the  same  limitation  as  mowing.  However  both  mowing 
and  burning  can  be  effective  on  trees  that  don't  resprout.  In 
fact  burning  may  be  the  only  economical  control  option  available 
for  cedar  control . 

Herbicides  are  the  most  selective  and  in  most  cases  the  most 
economical  brush  control  option  available.  The  major  limitation 
is  that  there  are  currently  only  a few  herbicides  that  have 
label  clearances  for  use  on  rangeland.  For  35  years  2,4,5-T  has 
been  the  major  chemical  but  its  economic  advantage  may  be  coming 
to  an  end.  As  recently  as  1970  a standard  application  would 
cost  only  $6  to  $7  per  acre.  However,  the  cost  has  tripled  in 
the  last  10  years.  For  many  of  the  oaks  treatments  for  two 
consecutive  years  are  needed  - which  also  drastically  increases 
the  cost.  Graslan  first  received  label  clearance  in  Oklahoma 
and  Texas  in  1979.  It  has  proven  to  be  an  excellent  herbicide 
for  blackjack  oak,  post  oak,  and  winged  elm  control  on  shallow 
sandy  soils.  However,  it  is  very  expensive  to  use,  particularly 
when  one  considers  the  current  cattle  prices  since  it  takes  at 
least  eight  acres  of  brush  converted  rangeland  to  provide  enough 
forage  for  one  cow  per  year. 

The  amount  of  grass  release  after  spraying  depends  on  the  amount 
of  desirable  grass  in  the  treated  area,  the  amount  of  brush 
control,  the  productivity  of  the  site  and  the  amount  of  effec- 
tive moisture  available  for  plant  growth.  The  highest  yield  of 
grass  obtained  two  or  three  years  after  spraying  for  brush 
control  was  about  4000  pounds  per  acre  and  this  represented  a 
four-fold  increase  in  grass  production.  The  actual  advantage  of 
brush  control  on  range  usually  results  in  enough  increased  grass 
production  to  allow  a doubling  of  the  carrying  capacity  in 
addition  to  an  increase  in  the  calving  percent  and  the  weaning 
weight  of  calves. 

Several  problems  confront  range  managers  and  scientists  who  are 
attempting  to  meet  the  separate  demands  of  ranchers  and  society. 
Since  rangelands  inherently  have  a low  production  protential  and 
there  is  great  variability  associated  with  the  weather  in  the 
range  area  the  capital  investment  requires  long  periods  for 
benefits  to  be  realized,  and  are  usually  not  cost  effective  when 
capital  costs  are  high.  Higher  producing  rangelands  still 
continue  to  occasionally  be  converted  to  cropland  and  other  land 
uses  while  marginal  croplands  are  being  allowed  to  revert  to 
rangeland.  Increases  in  the  densities  and  the  encroachment  of 
brush  species  on  rangeland  reduces  their  production  potential 


16 


and  yet  cost  effective  environmentally  acceptable  methods  of 
controlling  brush  are  not  generally  available  for  use.  Exten- 
sive management  systems  are  generally  called  for  on  rangeland 
but  are  often  overlooked  or  ignored  because  they  usually  do  not 
result  in  immediate  or  sizable  increases  in  production. 

Pastures  and  Forages.  Approximately  8.5  million  acres  in  the 
state  are  devoted  to  pasture,  hay,  and  other  tame  forage  pro- 
duction. Forage  in  this  state  provides  80%  of  the  nutrients  for 
beef  production  and  65%  of  the  nutrients  for  milk  production. 
Beef  production  in  Oklahoma  has  more  than  doubled  in  the  past  20 
years  because  slaughter  weights  have  remained  relatively  con- 
stant and  cattle  in  feed  lots  have  less  than  doubled  during  this 
period.  Beef  production  from  rangeland  and  forages  has  more 
than  doubled.  Significant  gains  in  productivity  played  a major 
role  in  the  total  increase  in  forage  production.  The  average 
yield  for  all  hay  increased  from  1.45  tons  per  acre  in  1958  to 
2.12  tons  per  acre  in  1979.  Similar  productivity  gains  have 
been  realized  for  pastures. 

A number  of  factors  have  enabled  Oklahoma  farmers  and  ranchers 
to  increase  productivity.  Development  and  utilization  of  more 
productive  grass  varieties  and  introduction  of  commercial 
fertilizers  contributed  to  the  increased  production  for  pas- 
tures. On-going  research  in  these  areas  as  well  as  renewed 
efforts  and  variety  improvement  will  contribute  to  production  in 
the  future.  A number  of  grass  varieties  introduced  by  the 
Oklahoma  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  has  significantly 
raised  pasture  productivity  in  the  State.  Notable  varieties 
include  Midland  bermudagrass  (1953),  Morpa  lovegrass  (1969), 
Plains  bluestem  (1970),  and  Hardie  bermudagrass  (1974).  Most 
recently  Brazos  bermudagrass,  WW  Spar  bluestem,  and  Guymon 
bermudagrass  have  been  released  by  various  agencies  at  least 
partially  as  the  result  of  the  efforts  by  Oklahoma  grass  breed- 
ers. 

Introduced  warm  and  cool  season  annual  and  perennial  grasses  are 
used  extensively  in  Oklahoma  either  to  supplant  or  supplement 
native  vegetation.  The  principle  introduced  annual  grasses  used 
for  pasture  or  forage  are  the  cool  season  cereals  (particularly 
wheat),  the  warm  season  sorghum,  and  the  millets. 

A significant  portion  of  the  winter  wheat  seeded  in  Oklahoma 
each  year  is  grazed  by  livestock.  Wheat  pasture  provides  a 
significant  forage  support  to  the  beef  cattle  industry  of  the 
state.  However,  gains  of  wheat  pasture  Stockers  are  frequently 
reduced  by  1)  inadequate  fall  or  winter  forage  and  2)  snow  or 
ice  cover  of  wheat  pasture.  Stability  of  the  wheat  pasture 
Stocker  enterprise  could  be  increased  by  improved  agronomic 
practices  such  as  earlier  planting  dates  to  increase  the  amount 
of  fall  and  winter  forage.  While  planting  dates  are  influenced 
by  climatic  conditions  the  optimal  seeding  date  for  grain 
production  (early  October)  is  too  late  for  production  of  fall 


17 


forage  for  winter  grazing.  However,  the  extreme  variability  of 
Oklahoma's  climate  often  will  not  permit  early  planting  or 
provide  sufficient  winter  rainfall  for  best  forage  production  - 
which  increases  the  risk  factor  in  buying  stocker  cattle. 

Because  of  the  large  amount  of  the  wheat  forage  that  is  produced 
in  the  spring  there  is  some  potential  for  increasing  gains  by 
extending  the  grazing  period  beyond  the  traditional  March  10-15 
cut-off  date  it  grain  is  to  be  harvested. 

The  principle  introduced  perennial  grasses  used  in  the  state  are 
bermudagrass , weeping  lovegrass,  yellow  bluestem,  and  tall 
fescue.  The  annual  and  perennial  species  are  often  distin- 
guished on  the  basis  of  their  cultural  requirement  by  the  terms 
cultivated  forages  and  tame  pastures  respectively.  The  annual 
warm  season  grasses  have  high  productivity  capability  and  the 
forage  is  of  intermediate  nutritive  value.  The  major  con- 
straints associated  with  their  use  include  high  production 
costs,  insect  and  disease  pests,  and  in  the  case  of  the  sorghum 
species  the  potential  for  hydrocyanic  acid  poisoning  of  grazing 
animal s. 

The  introduced  perennial  grasses  used  in  the  state  are  charac- 
terized by  high  production  potential  and  low  energy  value.  The 
principle  constraints  associated  with  their  production  include 
establishment  difficulties,  high  nitrogen  fertilizer  require- 
ment, and  intensity  of  management  necessary  to  optimize  yield  of 
digestible  nutrients  on  a consistent  basis.  The  perennial  warm 
and  cool  season  grass  species  are  further  characterized  by  great 
genetic  variability  and  consequently  very  significant  genetic 
improvement  potential.  Much  additional  progress  is  needed  in 
quantifying  the  effects  of  management  variables  on  perennial 
pasture  species  and  in  the  development  of  systems  models  to 
guide  decisions  for  maximizing  of  their  net  economic  returns. 

Although  introduced  grasses  are  harvested  mainly  by  grazing 
animals,  sizable  amounts  are  processed  as  hay  and  sold  on  the 
open  market.  On  a per  unit  basis  many  of  these  forage  crops 
because  of  their  high  production  potential  can  compete  with 
grain  crops  in  the  production  of  protein.  Energy  efficient 
processing  methods  must  be  developed  however,  before  this 
potential  can  be  fully  realized. 

Nitrogen  fertilizer  will  continue  to  rise  in  cost  in  the 
future  because  of  its  natural  gas  base.  Although  nitrogen 
fertilizer  is  the  most  dependable  means  of  increasing  forage 
quantity  and  quality,  its  use  on  pastures  in  Oklahoma  would 
depend  on  the  prices  paid  to  producers  for  meat  and  milk.  The 
best  alternative  for  improved  production  is  more  wide  spread  use 
of  grass-legume  mixtures  for  grazing.  Winter  hardiness,  growth 
during  the  winter,  and  drought  tolerance  are  not  always  satis- 
factory for  legumes  introduced  into  the  state,  although  some 
legumes  developed  in  the  southeast  produce  quite  well  in 
Oklahoma.  Legume  use  will  spread  to  central  and  western 


18 


Oklahoma  as  productive  adapted  legumes  are  developed.  The 
grazing  management  essential  to  maintain  perennial  legumes  in  a 
sward  or  to  optimize  production  must  be  developed  for  Oklahoma 
producers  to  remain  competitive. 

Alfalfa.  Alfalfa  production  is  an  essential  part  of  the  beef, 
horse,  and  dairy  industries  of  the  southern  plains  and  its 
importance  will  continue  to  increase  with  higher  costs  of 
energy.  It  is  valued  for  both  the  fact  that  it  produces  a high 
quality  forage  without  annual  seeding  costs  and  because  it 
increases  nitrogen  levels  in  the  soils,  which  is  valuable  if 
rotated  with  other  crops.  Probably  the  two  greatest  problems 
with  alfalfa  production  at  present  are  related  to  harvest 
management  and  to  pest  control . Losses  due  to  pests  represent 
the  greatest  limitations  to  increased  alfalfa  production  at  the 
present  time  in  Oklahoma.  A variety  of  insects,  pathogens,  and 
weeds  cause  reduced  production  in  alfalfa.  The  most  important 
forage  insect  pests  include  the  spotted  alfalfa  aphid,  the  blue 
alfalfa  aphid,  alfalfa  weevil,  and  the  pea  aphid.  In  addition 
seed  production  insect  pests  such  as  lygus  bugs  and  the  alfalfa 
seed  chalcid  are  important.  Many  weeds  are  found  in  our  alfalfa 
fields  but  henbit,  winter  annual  grasses,  and  pigweed  are  often 
among  the  more  dominant  species.  Alfalfa  stands  are  not  as  long 
lived  as  we  would  like  to  see  in  Oklahoma  and  we  suspect  that 
phytophthora  rootrot  is  a significant  cause. 

Alfalfa  hay  is  an  important  part  of  the  income  of  many  southern 
Oklahoma  alfalfa  producers.  Four  to  five  cuttings  per  summer  is 
the  normal  procedure  in  Oklahoma  with  average  yields  of  3.3  tons 
per  acre.  Producers  generally  are  able  to  produce  more  alfalfa 
than  they  can  easily  sell  at  a good  price.  If  marketing  pro- 
blems can  be  resolved  they  will  probably  be  receptive  to  new 
production  practices  and  varieties.  Marketing  this  hay  through 
the  new  "Haymarket"  program  will  be  of  significant  help  to  our 
growers. 

Alfalfa  seed  production  at  one  time  was  important  to  the  state. 
This  industry  shifted  to  western  states  using  improved  produc- 
tion practices.  The  apparent  constraints  to  seed  production  are 
primarily  the  lack  of  sufficient  numbers  of  insect  pollinators 
and  the  knowledge  of  their  management  along  with  problems  caused 
by  insects  that  feed  on  alfalfa  seeds  before  harvesting. 

Research  is  being  conducted  to  try  to  solve  these  problems. 

Presently  pest  controls  emphasize  solutions  for  individual 
problems  as  they  occur.  These  controls  are  often  quite  expen- 
sive with  little  consideration  for  the  most  efficient  use  of  the 
resources  available.  For  example,  use  of  resistant  varieties  in 
alfalfa  production  would  save  producers  millions  of  dollars 
annually.  Possible  interactions  between  control  measures  and 
the  various  pest  complexes  are  usually  not  considered  and  the 
adverse  effects  of  pest  regulation  practices  on  non-target 
organisms  are  often  ignored.  One  of  the  most  effective  means 


19 


for  controlling  many  of  these  pests  would  be  the  use  of  resis- 
tant varieties,  for  which  we  have  an  alfalfa  breeding  program. 

Recent  research  in  Oklahoma  suggests  that  harvest  management  may 
be  different  from  that  in  some  of  the  eastern  and  northern 
alfalfa  growing  areas.  We  are  finding  that  the  first  harvest 
can  be  made  well  before  the  first  signs  of  bloom  when  only  a few 
small  flower  buds  are  observed.  Harvesting  at  this  early  stage 
of  growth  can  help  to  control  weeds  by  reducing  their  seed  set, 
can  help  control  insects  by  removing  the  forage  and  exposing 
them  to  sunlight,  and  produces  a high  quality  feed  without 
reducing  stand  longevity  or  yield.  Similar  research  has 
recently  shown  that  harvesting  established  stands  of  alfalfa  at 
any  fall  date  has  little  or  no  effect  on  spring  forage  yields 
and  stand  persistence.  Alfalfa  in  Oklahoma  may  never  go 
completely  dormant  and  consequently  green  leafy  material  remain- 
ing after  the  last  fall  harvest  is  present  for  photosynthesis 
and  may  provide  for  the  plants  winter  and  early  spring  energy 
needs . 

There  are  many  problems  associated  with  the  production  of 
forages  in  Oklahoma.  There  are  also  many  opportunities  in  both 
our  research  and  our  extension  activities  related  to  forages. 

In  spite  of  these  problems  we  are  optimistic  about  the  potential 
for  Oklahoma  to  provide  its  share  of  the  expected  increase  and 
demand  for  range  and  tame  forages  in  the  United  States. 


20 


The  Forage-Livestock  Industry  in  Oklahoma 


FORAGE  BREEDING  PROGRAMS  AT  THE  OKLAHOMA  STATE  UNIVERSITY 
C.  M.  Taliaferro  and  J.  L.  Caddel 
Oklahoma  State  University 


Presently  there  are  two  forage  breeding  projects  at  the 
Oklahoma  State  University  dealing,  respecti vely , with  grasses 
and  alfalfa.  The  purpose  of  this  report  is  to  provide  an 
overview  of  the  work  that  is  in  progress  in  each  of  these  two 
projects . 

The  broad  objectives  of  the  grass  breeding  project  are  to: 

1)  develop  new  cultivars  that  are  superior  to  existing  ones  in 
such  characteristics  as  adaptation,  yield,  and  forage  quality, 

2)  evaluate  new  accessions  and  selections  of  forage  plants  to 
determine  their  adaptation  and  potential  value  in  Oklahoma 
agriculture  and  3)  investigate  the  reproductive  mechanism, 
breeding  behavior  and  improvement  potential  of  important  and 
potentially  important  forage  species.  Breeding  and/or  selec- 
tion work  is  presently  underway  with  four  grass  species: 
bermuda  ( Cynodon  spp.),  introduced  (Old  World)  bluestems 
(Bothriochl oa  spp. ) eastern  gamagrass  (Tripsacum  dactyloides) , 
and  kleingrass  (Panicum  coloratum).  A brief  description  of  the 
principle  areas  of  endeavor  in  each  of  these  species  follows. 

The  bermudagrass  breeding  program  has  been  underway  for  several 
years  and  has  been  primarily  concerned  with  the  improvement  of 
nutritive  value  in  vegetatively  propagated  varieties.  This 
work  encompasses  the  interspecific  hybridization  of  high 
quality  but  nonwi nterhardy  plants  belonging  primarily  to 
Cynodon  nlemfuensi s varieties  nlemfuensi s or  robustus  with 
well-adapted  but  relatively  low  quality  plants  belonging 
primarily  to  the  taxon  Cynodon  dactyl  on  var.  dactyl  on . The 
initial  interspecific  crosses  were  made  in  the  1960's  and  over 
the  years  a modified  recurrent  selection  program  has  been  used 
in  an  attempt  to  increase  the  frequency  of  genes  enhancing 
forage  quality  and  other  physiological  and  morphological 
characteri sties  related  to  yield  and  adaptation.  Progress  is 
being  made  in  combining  the  desirable  attributes  of  the 


21 


parental  species.  We  presently  have  in  our  breeding  nurseries 
progeny  selections  that  are  relatively  winterhardy  and  signif- 
icantly higher  in  dry  matter  digestibility  than  check  cultivars 
such  as  Midland.  Although  most  of  the  selections  of  this  type 
are  deficient  in  one  or  more  performance  characteristics 
(forage  yield,  disease  resistance,  or  establishment  character- 
istics), they  serve  as  parents  of  progeny  populations  in  which 
further  selection  is  practiced. 

Another  objective  of  the  bermudagrass  breeding  program  is  the 
development  of  seed-propagated  cultivars  for  forage  and  turf 
use.  In  the  early  stages  of  the  bermudagrass  program,  some 
accessions  from  the  germplasm  collection  were  found  to  have 
relatively  good  seed  set  and  apparent  high  seed  production 
capability.  Subsequent  testing  showed  that  excellent  seed 
yields  could  be  produced  from  fields  planted  to  a mixture  of 
two  such  self-incompatible,  cross-compatible  clonal  plants.  In 
a 3-year  study  (1974-1976)  conducted  at  the  Southwestern 
Livestock  and  Forage  Research  Station  near  El  Reno,  Oklahoma, 
an  average  seed  yield  of  743  kgs/ha  was  produced.  The  parental 
plants  possessing  relatively  good  fertility  and  their  progeny 
populations  are  winterhardy  but  do  not  possess  the  fineness  of 
texture  desired  in  a turf  cultivar  nor  the  yield  potential 
desired  in  a forage  cultivar.  Hence,  we  initiated  a restricted 
recurrent  phenotypic  selection  program  for  fertility  and  plant 
type.  In  this  program  the  first  level  of  selection  is  made  for 
plant  type,  i.e.,  forage  versus  turf,  and  then  within  each  of 
these  categories,  selection  is  practiced  for  fertility  as 
expressed  by  percent  of  open-pollinated  seed  set.  The  second 
cycle  of  selection  is  presently  underway  in  this  program. 

The  introduced  bluestems  possess  a number  of  desirable  attri- 
butes which,  in  our  opinion,  will  insure  their  continued  use  as 
pasture  grasses  in  the  southern  Great  Plains.  They  are  easily 
estaolished,  aggressive,  persistent,  productive,  and  have  the 
ability  to  tolerate  such  stresses  as  drought  and  overgrazing 
but  still  retain  a stand.  The  Plains  bluestem  variety  was 
released  in  1972  by  the  Oklahoma  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station  and  has  been  enthusiastically  accepted  in  a large 
geographical  area  on  the  southern  Great  Plains.  The  obligate 
and  facultative  modes  of  apomictive  reproduction  found  within 
the  genus  make  hybridization  difficult,  but  some  crossing  can 
be  done  between  facultative  parents  and  between  obligate  and 
facultative  parents  where  the  obligate  apomictic  parent  is  used 
as  the  male.  Some  hybridizations  have  been  made  between 
Bothriochloa  i schaemum  and  Bothriochloa  intermedia  in  an 
attempt  to  combine  the  superior  winterhardiness  of  the  former 
with  the  greater  vigor  of  the  latter  species.  The  majority  of 
the  improvement  effort,  however,  has  been  directed  toward  the 
selection  of  existing  superior  biotypes  within  the  germplasm 
col  lection. 


22 


Eastern  gamagrass  is  native  to  much  of  the  eastern  half  of  the 
United  States  and  is  generally  regarded  as  a "high  quality" 
grass  because  of  its  superior  palatabil ity.  Its  exceptionally 
good  palatabil ity  to  all  classes  of  livestock  is  attested  to  by 
the  fact  that  it  has  been  eliminated  from  much  of  its  native 
habitat  by  overgrazing  and  presently  is  found  only  in  areas 
protected  from  continuous  grazing.  Our  basic  objective  with 
eastern  gamagrass  is  to  elucidate  its  potential  for  use  as  a 
grazed  or  stored  forage  and  to  determine  the  extent  of  genetic 
variation  for  traits  of  agronomic  importance  and  the  breeding 
behavior  of  the  species.  Present  indications  are  that  there  is 
a wide  array  of  genetic  variation  for  most  of  the  important 
agronomic  traits  such  as  yield  and  quality  of  forage,  and  seed 
production  and  its  components.  However,  the  most  important  and 
yet  unanswered  question  relates  to  the  basic  nutritive  value  of 
the  species.  The  expense  and  difficulty  of  establishment  and 
the  necessity  for  a high  level  of  management  that  will  be 
necessary  for  sustained  high  yield  of  gamagrass  detract  from 
its  potential  and  dictate  that  it  must  be  outstanding  in  some 
other  characteristics.  That  characteristic  most  logically 
should  be  nutritive  value.  A cooperative  experiment  with  dairy 
scientists  was  recently  completed  in  which  lactating  dairy  cows 
were  fed  gamagrass  and  alfalfa  hays.  The  gamagrass  hay  was 
comprised  of  initial  spring  growth  cut  at  the  boot  stage  and 
5-week  old  regrowth.  The  alfalfa  hay  was  also  comprised  of  the 
first  and  second  cuttings  with  each  cutting  being  made  at 
approximately  10%  bloom.  Cows  fed  the  gamagrass  hay  had 
significantly  less  dry  matter  intake  per  day  (19.20  versus 
20.07  kgs/day)  than  did  the  cows  consuming  the  alfalfa  hay. 

Cows  consuming  gamagrass  hay  also  produced  significantly  less 
milk  than  did  the  cows  on  alfalfa  (22.93  versus  24.06  kgs/day). 
These  results  suggest  gamagrass  may  not  be  too  different  in 
forage  quality  from  other  grasses,  particularly  the  Sudan 
grasses  and  sorghum-sudan  hybrids.  However,  data  are  needed 
comparing  the  performance  of  grazing  animals  on  gamagrass  and 
other  suitable  grass  controls  in  order  to  more  firmly  establish 
its  basic  nutritive  value. 

Kleingrass  is  a warm-season,  perennial,  bunch  grass  indigenous 
to  Africa.  It  possesses  drought  tolerance,  is  a prolific  seed 
producer,  is  easily  established,  is  a little  higher  in  forage 
quality  than  bermudagrass  cultivars  such  as  Coastal  and  Mid- 
land, and  is  valuable  as  a wildlife  habitat  for  quail  and  other 
wild  game  birds  which  thrive  on  its  seeds.  Kleinarass  is 
presently  used  most  extensively  in  western  Texas  north  to  about 
34th  parallel.  Its  marginal  winterhardiness  does  not  allow  it 
to  be  used  reliably  north  of  this  line  and  consequently  it 
cannot  be  used  anywhere  in  Oklahoma  presently.  Our  sole 
objective  with  kleingrass  is  to  develop  a more  winterhardy 
cultivar  that  can  be  used  in  the  southern  half  of  Oklahoma.  A 
restricted  recurrent  phenotypic  selection  program  is  underway 
which  encompasses  the  selection  and  intercrossing  of  the  most 


23 


winterhardy  field  grown  plants.  Two  cycles  of  selection  have 
been  completed  to  date. 

The  basic  objective  of  the  alfalfa  breeding  program  is  the 
incorporation  of  multiple  pest  resistance  into  cultivars  that 
are  well-adapted  to  Oklahoma.  Oklahoma  lies  in  a transition 
zone  in  terms  of  the  amount  of  winterhardiness  needed  in 
alfalfa  cultivars.  Cultivars  developed  for  states  north  of 
Oklahoma  tend  to  go  dormant  earlier  in  the  fall  than  most 
producers  would  like,  while  those  cultivars  developed  for 
southern  and  southwestern  states,  with  less  severe  climatic 
conditions  than  Oklahoma's,  do  not  have  enough  winterhardiness 
to  persist  under  Oklahoma  conditions.  We  are  testing  germplasm 
pools  possessing  a wide  array  of  dormancy  to  identify  the  least 
dormancy  required  for  persistence. 

Oklahoma  has  most  of  the  major  alfalfa  insect  and  disease  pests 
found  in  other  alfalfa  producing  states.  These  include  the 
alfalfa  weevil,  the  spotted,  pea,  and  blue  alfalfa  aphids, 
potato  leaf hoppers  and  various  foliage  feeding  caterpillars.  A 
sizable  amount  of  alfalfa  seed  is  also  produced  in  the  state, 
and  the  alfalfa  seed  chalcid  and  the  lygus  bug  are  major  insect 
pests  of  that  enterprise.  Important  alfalfa  diseases  found 
within  the  state  include  anthracnose,  downy  mildew,  lepto 
leafspot,  spring  and  summer  blackstem,  and  Phytophthora , 
Fusarium  and  Phymatotrichum  root  rots.  Damage  from  these  pests 
in  reduced  forage  yield  varies  from  season  to  season,  but  all 
will  normally  be  important  sometime  during  the  life  of  a stand. 
Emphasis  is  on  the  development  of  germplasm  pools  containing 
high  levels  of  genetic  resistance  to  as  many  of  these  insect 
and  disease  pests  as  is  possible.  Presently  the  bulk  of  the 
effort  is  being  spent  on  the  incorporation  and/or  increase  in 
the  level  of  resistance  to  spotted  and  blue  aphids  and  to 
anthracnose  and  Phytophthora  root  rot.  Conventional  greenhouse 
procedures  are  used  to  screen  for  resistance  to  aphids  and 
anthracnose.  In  these  procedures  seedling  plants  grown  in 
flats  of  sterilized  soil  are  infested  with  the  pest  organism 
and  the  surviving  plants  are  polycrossed  to  produce  a progeny 
population  in  which  subsequent  screening  and  recurrent  selec- 
tion can  be  practiced.  Phytophthora  root  rot  screening  is 
presently  done  primarily  under  field  conditions  using  irriga- 
tion to  maintain  saturated  soil  conditions  necessary  for 
disease  development.  Most  of  the  germplasm  pools  used  in  the 
Droqram  have  satisfactory  levels  of  resistance  to  the  oea  aphid 
and  bacterial  wilt.  All  practical  efforts  are  made  to  maintain 
resistance  to  these  pests.  Efforts  are  also  made  in  some  of 
the  breeding  populations  to  retain,  or  to  incorporate,  resis- 
tance to  the  alfalfa  weevil  while  increasing  resistance  to  the 
other  pests. 

The  goal  of  this  work  is,  as  indicated,  to  develop  germplasm 
pools  which  contain  high  levels  of  resistance  to  multiple 
insect  and  disease  pests  and  from  which  cultivars  well-adapted 


24 


to  Oklahoma  and  surrounding  areas  can  be  extracted.  This 
project  was  initiated  in  1977.  Progress  to  date  has  been  the 
development  of  broad  gene  base  germplasm  pools  tracing  to  six 
different  source  populations:  Dormants  (from  northern  Great 
Plains),  semi-dormants  (from  southern  plains  and  upper  south), 
moderately  dormant  types  (Bel tsvil le-6) , Oklahoma  Commons 
(general  adaptation),  and  Starnes  Farm  material  (for  resistance 
to  weevil  and  anthracnose) . To  each  of  these  pools  we  have 
increased  the  frequency  of  genes  for  pest  resistance  through 
one  or  two  cycles  of  selection  for  one  to  four  pests. 


25 


The  Forage-Livestock  Industry  in  Oklahoma 


RANGE  RESEARCH  AT  THE  SOUTHERN  PLAINS  RANGE  RESEARCH  STATION 
P.  L.  Sims 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 


The  Southern  Plains  Range  Research  Station  (SPRRS)  is  located  at 
Woodward,  Oklahoma,  in  the  northern  part  of  the  Southern  Plains. 
This  research  center  has  direct  responsibility  for  range  and 
range  livestock  research  in  the  High  Plains,  Rolling  Plains  and 
Breaks,  Sandstone  and  Flint  Hills,  and  the  Reddish  Prairie 
resource  areas.  The  long-term  average  annual  precipitation  at 
the  research  station  is  58  cm,  with  a range  of  25  to  107  cm  over 
100  years.  Approximately  70%  of  this  precipitation  occurs 
during  the  summer  months.  Summer  temperatures  average  20  C 
compared  to  7 C in  the  winter,  with  a range  from  -32  to  45  C. 

MISSION 

The  mission  of  the  SPRRS  is  to  increase  the  efficiency  of  red 
meat  production  and  range  resource  utilization  through  inte- 
grated management  of  energy  flow,  nutrient  cycling,  and  hydro- 
logic  dynamics  in  forage-animal  production  systems  in  a manner 
consistent  with  perpetuation  of  the  range  resource.  This 
mission  is  based  on  the  "ARS  National  Research  Program  [for] 
Improved  Vegetation  and  Management  Practices  for  Range" 
(1976),  which  addresses  three  broad  technological  objectives: 

1)  germplasm  enhancement,  2)  development  of  range  improvement 
practices,  and  3)  the  development  of  grazing  management 
systems.  The  station  mission  also  supports  the  "Agricultural 
Research  Service  Program  Plan"  (1983a,  1983b). 

PROGRAM  INTEGRATION 

Five  research  program  areas  established  for  the  station  include 
1)  forage  germplasm  enhancement,  2)  forage  plant  physiological 
ecology,  3)  rangeland  soil-plant  relationships,  4)  range  manage- 
ment and  plant-animal  interaction,  and  5)  rangeland  systems 
analysis.  Each  of  these  areas  is  supported  by  a series  of  ob- 
jectives for  research,  and  approaches  vary  from  process-oriented 
studies  to  integrated  interdisciplinary  studies.  The  research 
is  conducted  by  a team  of  scientists  composed  of  an  agronomist, 


26 


plant  physiologist,  soil  scientist,  range  scientist,  and  systems 
ecologist.  The  following  is  a brief  synopsis  of  some  aspects  of 
each  of  the  station's  research  programs. 

Germplasm  Evaluation  and  Enhancement 

Old  World  bluestems.  Extensive  research  with  Old  World 
bluestems  (BothriocEloa  spp.)  has  shown  that  they  have  signi- 
ficant potential  for  use  not  only  in  the  Southern  Plains  but 
throughout  many  regions  of  the  United  States.  These  grasses  can 
contribute  significantly  to  beef  production  and  soil  conserva- 
tion. Presently,  the  primary  use  of  Old  World  bluestems  is  to 
reclaim  marginal  croplands  interspersed  among  the  region's 
rangeland. 

Research  at  the  SPRRS  helped  to  elucidate  the  agronomic, 
physiological,  ecological,  and  animal  utilization  characteris- 
tics of  the  Old  World  bluestems.  For  example,  basic  studies 
have  shown  measurable  differences  in  carbon  dioxide  exchange 
rate,  water-use  efficiency,  and  turgor  maintenance  between 
various  accessions  of  Old  World  bluestems.  These  characteris- 
tics may  be  related  to  performance  during  drought  and  perhaps 
to  other  stress  conditions  (Coyne  et  al.  1982).  Such  results 
indicate  that  the  Old  World  bluestems  comprise  a broad 
germplasm  reservior  that  can  be  tapped  for  specific  uses  in 
forage-based  beef  production  systems  in  the  Southern  Plains 
and  throughout  the  southeast  United  States. 

These  grasses  have  produced  as  much  as  200  pounds  of  beef  to  the 
acre  under  semiarid  to  subhumid  conditions  (Sims  and  Dewald 
1982),  approximately  four  times  what  can  be  expected  from  well- 
managed  native  range.  'Plains'  bluestem  has  been  interseeded 
into  an  overgrazed  mixed-grass  prairie  site.  During  subsequent 
years  total  forage  production  on  the  site  was  significantly 
increased  in  comparison  to  the  check  plots  with  no  'Plains' 
bluestem  (Berg  and  Sims,  in  press). 

Many  grasses  such  as  the  Old  World  bluestems  have  "chaffy 
seed,"  which  is  difficult  to  harvest  and  process.  A seed 
harvester  has  been  developed  that  combines  both  the  flailing 
and  vacuum  principles  into  one  unit  for  stripping  seeds  of 
this  kind  (Dewald  and  Beisel  1982).  Work  is  underway  to 
develop  technology  to  process  the  chaffy  seed  to  bare 
caryopses  and  thus  facilitate  planting. 

Eastern  gamagrass.  Eastern  gamagrass  (Tripsacum  dactyloides)  is 
a highly  productive,  extremely  palatable  grass  that  has  received 
sporadic  attention  from  researchers  over  the  last  100  years. 

This  grass  has  produced  3 to  4 metric  tons  of  dry  matter  per 
hectare  under  irrigation  at  the  SPRRS.  This  grass  under  optimum 
conditions  has  rapid  regrowth  potential  and  provides  significant 
forage  production  on  relatively  fertile  lands.  A study  of 
seasonal  vegetative  establishment  and  shoot  reserves  of  eastern 


27 


gamagrass  (Dewald  and  Sims  1981)  showed  that  planting  of  shoot 
bases  during  the  dormant  period  resulted  in  excellent  stands. 
Some  recently  acquired  accessions  of  eastern  gamagrass  germplasm 
have  markedly  greater  seed  production  potential  than  previously 
acquired  accessions.  There  appears  to  be  sufficient  genetic 
diversity  in  this  species  to  support  further  germplasm 
development  (Taliaferro  et  al.  1982). 

Weeping  lovegrass.  Weeping  lovegrass  (Eragrostis  curvula)  has 
been  studied  for  more  than  30  years.  This  research  has  led  to 
wide  usage  of  this  species  on  sandy  lands  throughout  the 
Southern  Plains  (Shoop  et  al.  1976,  Voigt  et  al.  1970).  Weeping 
lovegrass  is  a highly  productive,  drought-tolerant,  warm-season 
species  which  can  be  used  alone  or  in  complement  with  native 
rangeland  or  other  forages  to  optimize  beef  production  on  some 
fragile  lands  that  are  subject  to  wind  erosion. 

Other  species.  Work  has  been  conducted  on  an  array  of  native 
species  for  over  40  years;  species  studied  include  sideoats 
grama  (Bouteloua  curtipendula),  blue  grama  (Bouteloua  graci 1 is), 
sand  bluestem  (Andropogon  gerardi  var.  hallii),  and  an 
assortment  of  cool-season  species  (Mcllvain  and  Savage  1954). 
Currently,  a collection  of  Andropogon  gerardi  accessions  from  a 
number  of  habitats  is  being  gathered  and  grown  in  a common 
garden  for  detailed  physiological  and  ecological  studies  that 
should  lead  to  a greater  understanding  of  the  physiology  and  the 
ecology  of  this  plant  species  and,  ultimately,  to  an  improved 
germplasm  of  this  major  component  of  native  ranges  in  the  Great 
Plains . 

Plant-Animal  Interaction 


A short-duration  grazing  system  is  now  being  evaluated  with 
yearling  stocker  steers  on  native  sandhill  range.  The  current 
effort  includes  a 16-pasture  system  stocked  at  120  kg  of  live 
animal  per  hectare  compared  to  a normal  stocking  rate  of  76  kg 
of  live  animal  per  hectare  for  continuously  grazed  control 
pastures.  The  short-duration  system  steers  are  rotated  at  a 
3.5-day  interval  throughout  the  year  with  adjustment  for 
changing  rates  of  grass  growth.  Preliminary  results  indicate 
that  gains  for  the  short-duration  grazing  system  averaged  62 
kg/ha  compared  to  about  35  kg/ha  for  the  continuously  stocked 
pastures.  In  this  study,  forage  production,  species  composi- 
tion, litter  cover,  soil  water  infiltration,  and  soil  water  are 
some  of  the  site  parameters  measured. 

Cow-calf  research  leading  to  improved  forage-livestock  manage- 
ment systems  has  been  an  integral  part  of  this  station's 
activities  since  1940.  A native  range-complementary  annual 
farmed  forage  system  developed  at  the  SPRRS  has  consistently 
resulted  in  weaning  weights  of  around  320  kg  from  crossbred  cows 
(Dewald  and  Mcllvain  1975).  This  study  has  been  expanded  to 
include  Brahman-Hereford  females  along  with  Angus-Hereford 


28 


cows  bred  to  Simmental  sires.  These  animals  and  their  calves 
are  being  evaluated  on  the  native  range-complementary  farmed 
forages  system  (4.4  and  0.4  ha,  respectively)  and  on  a native 
range  program  (7  ha  per  cow-calf  unit).  Cows  on  the  native 
range  system  will  be  bred  to  calve  in  early  spring  while  those 
on  the  native  range-complementary  forage  system  are  bred  for 
fall  calving. 

REFERENCES 

Berg,  W.  A.,  and  Sims,  P.  L. 

Herbage  yields  and  water-use  efficiency  on  a loamy 
site  as  affected  by  tillage,  mulch  and  seeding 
treatments.  J.  Range  Manage.  (In  press). 

Coyne,  P.  I.;  Bradford,  J.  A.;  and  Dewald,  C.  L. 

1982.  Leaf  water  relations  and  gas  exchange  in  relation  to 
forage  production  in  four  Asiatic  bluestems.  Crop 
Sci.  22:1036-1040. 

Dewald,  C.  L.,  and  Beisel,  V.  A. 

1982.  The  Woodward  Flail-Vac  seed  stripper  for  harvesting 
chaffy  seeded  grasses  for  range  improvement. 

Society  for  Range  Management,  35th  Annual  Meeting 
Abstracts,  Calgary,  Alberta,  Canada,  p.  21. 

Dewald,  C.  L.,  and  Mcllvain,  E.  H. 

1975.  Forage  fed  700-lb.  weaner  calves  today— 1000-lb. 
weaners  by  1980.  Proceedings  Forage  and  Livestock 
Conference — with  economic  considerations  for  the 
producer.  Noble  Foundation,  Ardmore,  Okla. 

[Dewald,  C.  L.,  and  Sims,  P.  L.] 

1981.  Seasonal  vegetative  establishment  and  shoot  reserves 
of  eastern  gamagrass.  J.  Range  Manage.  34:300-304. 

Mcllvain,  E.  H.,  and  Savage,  D.  A. 

1954.  Progress  in  range  improvement.  Adv.  Agron.  6:1-65. 
Shoop,  Marvin;  Mcllvain,  E.  H.;  and  Voigt,  P.  W. 

1976.  Morpa  weeping  lovegrass  produces  more  beef.  J. 

Range  Manage.  29:101-103. 

Sims,  P.  L.,  and  Dewald,  C.  L. 

1982.  Old  World  bluestems  and  their  forage  potential  for 
the  Southern  Great  Plains.  A review  of  early 
studies.  U.S.  Agric.  Res.  Ser.  Agric.  Rev.  Man. 
South.  Ser.  No.  28,  15  pp. 

Taliaferro,  C.  M.;  Dewald,  C.  L.;  and  Bush,  L.  J. 

1982.  Tripsacum  dactyloides-germpl asm  variability  and 

potential  for  forage  use.  Agronomy  Abstracts,  1982 
Annual  Meeting,  American  Society  of  Agronomy,  p. 

154.  Madison,  Wise. 

U.S.  Agricultural  Research  Service. 

1976.  ARS  national  research  program.  NRP  No.  20110. 

Improved  vegetation  and  management  practices  for 
range.  45  pp.  The  Service  [Washington,  D.C.]. 

1983a.  Agricultural  Research  Service  program  plan.  U.S. 
Dep.  Agric.  Misc.  Publ . 1429,  73  pp. 

1983b.  Agricultural  Research  Service  program  plan.  6-Year 


29 


implementation  plan.  1984-1990.  34  pp.  The 

Service  [Washington,  D.C.]. 

Voigt,  P.  W.;  Kneebone,  W.  R.;  McIVvain,  E.  H.;  Shoop,  M.  C.; 
and  Webster,  J.  E. 

1970.  Palatibility,  chemical  composition,  and  animal  gains 
from  selections  of  weeping  lovegrass,  Eragrostis 
curvul a (Schrad.)  Nees.  Agron.  J.  62:673-676. 


30 


Forage  Plant  Resources 


BUFFELGRASS  GERMPLASM  RESEARCH  FOR  THE  SOUTHERN  GREAT  PLAINS 
E.  C.  Bashaw  and  C.  W.  Johns 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  and  Texas  A&M  University 


Buffelgrass  (Cenchrus  ciliaris  L.)  is  a drouth  resistant, 
perennial,  warm-season  species  used  as  a range  and  pasture 
grass  in  arid  areas  with  mild  winter  temperatures.  It  is 
apparently  native  to  South  Africa,  where  maximum  variation 
exists,  and  extends  north  into  India.  Most  natural  ecotypes 
are  obligate  apomicts  and  obligate  (completely)  sexual  plants 
have  never  been  found  in  the  native  habitat.  Fortunately  the 
species  is  polymorphic,  allowing  for  selection  and  use  of 
superior  introductions.  Some  apomictic  accessions  are  being 
used  for  forage  in  arid  regions  of  several  countries  and  one 
strain,  introduced  into  the  USA  about  1950,  is  responsible  for 
over  90%  of  the  revegetation  in  southwest  Texas  and  north 
Mexico.  Unfortunately,  accessions  received  in  the  past  have 
not  had  sufficient  hardiness  for  consistent  survival  north  of 
San  Antonio,  Texas  and  at  high  altitudes.  Significant 
improvement  in  winter  hardiness  and  adaptation  to  a wider 
range  of  soils  could  result  in  extensive  use  of  this  grass  in 
the  arid  Southwest.  This  report  reviews  progress  in  buffel- 
grass improvement  and  the  present  status  of  germplasm 
research. 

Chance  discovery  of  a sexual  '’mutant"  in  a seed  production 
field  provided  the  first  opportunity  for  improvement  of 
buffelgrass.  This  plant  proved  to  be  heterozygous  for  method 
of  reproduction  and  cross-compatible  with  apomictic  ecotypes. 
When  crossed  with  apomicts,  both  sexual  and  true-breeding 
apomictic  F^  hybrids  were  produced.  Genetic  studies  showed 
that  method  of  reproduction  was  rather  simply  inherited  in 
buffelgrass  and  that  obligate  apomixis  could  be  manipulated 
effectively  in  a breeding  program  (Taliaferro  and  Bashaw, 
1966).  Until  recently,  improvement  of  buffelgrass  was  based 
on  hybridization  of  the  sexual  mutant  with  apomictic 
accessions  and  selection  and  evaluation  of  the  best  obligate 
apomictic  hybrids.  Crossing  the  sexual  plant  with  rhizomatous 


31 


apomicts  resulted  in  some  apomictic  hybrids  with  strong 
rhizomes  and  improved  vigor,  yield  and  earliness.  Protection 
afforded  by  the  rhizomes  enhanced  both  winter  survival  and 
persistence  under  grazing.  True  tissue  resistance  to  cold  was 
not  achieved  in  these  hybrids  but  two  cultivars,  'Nueces'  and 
'Llano'  (Bashaw,  1981),  derived  from  them  are  able  to  survive 
about  100  miles  further  north  than  any  other  buffelgrass 
because  of  their  rhizomes. 

As  with  most  introduced  apomictic  grasses,  lack  of  adequate 
native  germplasm  and  sexual  plants  for  use  in  hybridization 
have  been  serious  problems  in  buffelgrass  improvement.  In 
1976  we  conducted  an  exploration  in  South  Africa  seeking  new 
buffelgrass  sources  and  acquired  over  800  ecotypes  with 
diverse  characteristics  and  adaption  to  a wide  range  of  soils. 
Some  strains  with  exceptional  drouth  tolerance  were  recovered 
in  a 4 to  8 inch  rainfall  area  south  of  the  Kalahari  desert. 
Preliminary  evaluations  of  the  African  collection  for  drouth 
and  cold  tolerance,  vigor,  seed  production  and  digestibility 
were  completed  in  1982  and  the  results  indicate  that  we  have 
promising  germplasm  for  the  milder  areas. 

Facultative  apomictic  plants  were  found  among  the  progeny  of 
73  of  the  African  accessions  and  the  remaining  733  acces- 
sions were  obligate  apomicts  (Table  1).  No  obligate  sexual 
plants  were  recovered  from  the  native  habitat.  Embryo-sac 
studies  showed  that  individual  ovules  of  facultative  apomictic 
plants  may  contain:  (1)  only  nuceller  sacs,  (2)  nucellar  sacs 
and  a sexual  sac,  or  (3)  a single  sexual  sac  with  no  evidence 
of  nucellar  development  (Johns  and  Bashaw,  1980).  The 
percentage  of  ovules  with  a sexual  sac  was  low  in  most 
facultative  plants  (2  to  20%),  but  there  were  plants  in  which 
more  than  60%  of  the  ovules  had  a sexual  embryo-sac.  However, 
the  percentage  of  variant  offspring  was  always  much  lower  than 
the  apparent  sexual  potential  indicating  that  many  of  the 
sexual  sacs  did  not  function  in  reproduction.  Some  obligate 
sexual  plants  have  been  identified  among  the  progeny  of  22 
facultative  plants.  A few  of  the  sexual  plants  are  healthy 
and  highly  fertile  and  represent  a valuable  source  of  new 
sexual  germplasm.  However,  most  were  weak  and  low  in 
fertility  or  completely  sterile.  Over  half  of  the  sexual 
plants  were  aneuploid  (37  or  38  chromosomes)  with  several 
lagging  chromosomes , and  embryo-sac  studies  revealed  high 
levels  of  female  abortion. 

Buffelgrass  is  apparently  a segmental  al lotetraploid 
(2n=4x=36,  typically  2 IV  + 14  II  at  diakinesis)  and  two  or 
three  lagging  chromosomes  are  common  at  anaphase  I.  Sterility 
and  low  vigor  of  the  sexual  plants  probably  resulted  from 
structural  hybridity  and  accumulated  aberrations  in  the 
apomictic  parents  and  from  inbreeding  depression.  These 
factors  along  with  environmental  effects  and  grazing  pressure 
probably  account  for  failure  to  find  sexual  plants  in  the 


32 


Table  1. — Mode  of  reproduction  and  chromosome  number 
of  African  buffelgrass  accessions 


Mode  of 

Chromosome 

No . of 

reproduc  t ion 

numbe  r 

accessions 

Obligate  apomixis 

36 

102 

— 

576 

40 

1 

42 

2 

44 

43^ 

45 

48 

2 

54 

4 

Facultative  apomixis 

36 

676i 

45 

Obligate  sexual 

— 

0 

Cold  tolerant  ecotypes  with  an  alien  genome  of  9 
univalent  s . 


natural  habitat.  The  derived  sexual  plants  offer  new  prospects 
for  hybridization  and  expanding  the  genetic  base  for 
breeding.  However,  considerable  research  is  needed  to 
identify  the  best  derived  sexual  plants  for  use  as  germplasm. 

Forty-nine  nonrhizomatous  accessions  obtained  in  a mountainous 
area  around  Beaufort  West  in  the  lower  Cape  Province  proved 
to  be  more  winter  hardy  than  any  previous  buffelgrass.  These 
accessions,  representing  at  least  31  different  ecotypes, 
survived  temperatures  of  10  to  20 0 F that  destroyed  all  but 
the  most  rhizomatous  strains  during  the  winters  of  1978  and  79 
at  College  Station  and  Temple,  Texas.  In  subsequent  tests  at 
7 locations  in  north  Texas , 6 of  the  accessions  have  survived 
without  winter  injury  for  three  years.  Further  tests  are 
needed  to  determine  if  any  of  the  accessions  possess 
sufficient  winter  hardiness  to  be  released  as  cultivars. 

Since  dormant  tissue  of  these  plants  is  relatively  cold 
tolerant  compared  to  the  other  nonrhizomatous  buf felgrasses , 
they  represent  a valuable  source  of  new  germplasm. 

Cytological  studies  were  conducted  to  determine  mode  of 
reproduction  and  chromosome  number  and  behavior  of  the  cold 
tolerant  accessions.  Six  of  the  accessions  were  facultative 
apomicts  and  43  were  obligate  apomicts.  All  49  cold  tolerant 


33 


accessions  were  found  to  be  pentaploid  with  36  buffelgrass 
chromosomes  and  an  alien  genome  of  9 chromosomes  that  behave 
as  univalents.  The  18  buffelgrass  chromsomes  pair  normally 
but  the  univalents  show  no  tendency  to  pair  among  themselves 
or  with  buffelgrass  chromosomes.  They  lag  as  a group  of  9 at 
anaphase  I and  usually  divide  precociously  before  telophase. 

As  a result  most  diads  receive  the  whole  alien  genome.  We 
assume  that  these  plants  probably  were  derived  from 
fertilization  of  an  unreduced  egg  in  various  tetraploid 
apomicts  and  that  cold  tolerance  is  conditioned  by  genes  on 
the  nine  univalents. 

We  hypothesized  that  significant  improvement  in  winter 
hardiness  might  be  achieved  if  the  cold  tolerance  of  these 
accessions  could  be  combined  with  the  strong  rhizomes  of  some 
of  our  breeding  lines.  Two  of  the  most  vigorous  cold  tolerant 
strains  were  used  as  male  parents  in  crosses  with  sexual 
buffelgrass  and  21  hybrids  were  recovered.  All  hybrids 
contained  the  normal  buffelgrass  complement  (36)  plus  one  to 
nine  of  the  univalents.  Twenty  hybrids  were  sexual,  and  one 
containing  all  9 univalents  was  an  obligate  apomict.  Fertility 
in  the  sexual  hybrids  was  low  (5  to  20%  seed  set)  but  the 
apomictic  hybrid  set  55%  seed.  These  results  suggest  that 
further  hybridization  should  result  in  hybrids  with 
significantly  better  winter  hardiness.  We  have  just  initiated 
studies  to  identify  the  most  sexual  and  highly  fertile 
facultative  plants  among  the  cold  tolerant  strains  for  use  as 
female  parents  in  crosses  with  highly  rhizoraatous  apomictic 
breeding  lines.  In  addition  to  the  usual  type  of  hybrids  we 
will  be  looking  for  plants  derived  by  fertilization  of  an 
unreduced  egg  in  the  aposporous  embryo  sacs.  This  happens 
frequently  in  apomictic  buffelgrass  and  allows  for 
simultaneous  combination  of  all  the  genomes  of  the  female  with 
the  reduced  complement  of  the  male. 

With  a wealth  of  new  germplasm  including  new  sexual  parents 
and  two  potentially  useful  mechanisms  for  winter  survival  we 
are  optimistic  that  significant  advances  can  be  made  in 
expanding  the  adaptation  of  buffelgrass. 

REFERENCES 

Bashaw,  E.  C. 

1981.  'Nueces'  and  'Llano'  buffelgrass.  Texas  Agr . Exp. 

Sta.  Leaflet  L-1819. 

Johns,  C.  W. , and  Bashaw,  E.  C. 

1980.  New  sources  of  sexuality  in  apomictic  buffelgrass. 

Agron.  Abstr.  p.  58 
Taliaferro,  C.  M. , and  Bashaw,  E.  C. 

1966.  Inheritance  and  control  of  obligate  apomixis  in 

breeding  buffelgrass.  Crop  Sci . 6:473-476. 


34 


Forage  Plant  Resources 


NEW  SOURCES  OF  GENETIC  VARIABILITY  IN  DALL IS GRASS  AND  OTHER 
PASPALUM  SPECIES 

Byron  L.  Bur son  and  Paul  W.  Voigt,  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  and  Wayne  R.  Jordan,  Texas  A&M  University 


Paspalum  is  a large  diverse  genus  with  more  than  400  species 
(Chase  1929).  Common  dallisgrass,  P.  dilatatum  Poir.  , one  of 
the  more  economically  important  species  in  the  genus , is  native 
to  eastern  Argentina,  Uruguay,  and  southern  Brazil.  It  was 
introduced  into  the  U.S.  in  the  1840’s  (Chase  1929)  and  has 
spread  throughout  the  southeastern  U.S.  where  it  is  a valuable 
forage  grass.  Dallisgrass  produces  good  quality  forage,  is 
highly  palatable,  and  persists  under  heavy  grazing.  Its  most 
serious  problem  is  low  seed  fertility  and  quality.  The  grass  is 
susceptible  to  ergot,  Claviceps  paspali  Stevens  & Hall,  and  this 
undoubtedly  contributes  to  the  low  seed  fertility. 

Common  dallisgrass  has  50  chromosomes  that  pair  at  metaphase  I 
of  meiosis  as  20  bivalents  and  10  univalents  (Bashaw  and  Forbes 
1958) . This  suggests  it  is  a natural  hybrid  with  chromosomes 
from  three  different  sources.  The  unbalanced  chromosome  consti- 
tution has  been  preserved  because  common  dallisgrass  is  an 
obligate  apomict  (Bashaw  and  Holt  1958).  However,  apomixis  has 
prevented  any  improvement  through  conventional  breeding  method- 
ology because  of  the  lack  of  variability  in  the  species  (Burton 
1962,  Bennett  et  al.  1969).  Plant  breeders  have  utilized 
several  different  approaches  during  the  past  50  years  in  an 
attempt  to  obtain  or  create  variability  within  common  dallis- 
grass and/or  to  circumvent  the  apomictic  barrier.  These  include 
selection  of  plants  from  naturalized  populations  in  the  south- 
eastern U.S.,  acquisition  of  plant  introductions  from  South 
America,  radiation  to  create  desirable  mutations,  chromosome 
doubling,  and  intra-  and  interspecific  hybridization.  For 
different  reasons,  these  approaches  to  obtain  or  create  varia- 
bility have  been  unsuccessful  in  producing  improved  forms  of 
common  dallisgrass.  For  the  past  several  years,  our  primary 
thrust  has  concentrated  on  ways  to  circumvent  apomixis . Some 
variable  forms  of  dallisgrass  have  been  obtained  from  these 
efforts. 


35 


PLANT  INTRODUCTIONS 


On  three  occasions  since  1975,  the  senior  author  collected 
PaspaZum  germplasm  in  South  America.  Plant  exploration  was 
concentrated  in  the  region  where  dallisgrass  is  considered  to 
have  originated  as  well  as  in  adjoining  areas.  These  include 
southern  Brazil,  Uruguay,  northern  Argentina,  Paraguay,  and 
southern  Bolivia. 

Six  different  dallisgrass  biotypes  have  been  found  in  the  area 
considered  to  be  the  center  of  origin  of  the  species  (table  1) . 
The  common,  prostrate  and  erect  yellow-anthered  bio types  have 
been  available  to  plant  breeders  in  the  U.S.  for  many  years. 
However,  a large  number  of  phenotypically  different  ecotypes  of 
common  dallisgrass  representing  variability  not  previously 
available  have  been  collected  since  1975.  Only  one  or  two 
accessions  of  the  variable  yellow-anthered  biotype  from  a small 
region  in  the  northeast  part  of  the  state  of  Rio  Grande  do  Sul 
in  Brazil  were  available  prior  to  1975.  The  recently  acquired 
accessions  were  collected  from  a broader  area  of  their  native 
habitat  and  are  considerably  more  variable  than  the  previously 
available  accessions.  There  is  a wide  integradation  of  types 
ranging  from  plants  similar  to  vaseygrass,  P.  UTVillei  Steud., 
to  the  more  typical  yellow-anthered  dallisgrass . It  appears 
that  natural  hybridization  is  occurring  between  vaseygrass  and 
yellow-anthered  dallisgrass.  These  accessions  and  their  progeny 
provide  valuable  sources  of  new  germplasm  and  sexuality  to  use 
in  the  hybridization  program.  Two  biotypes,  the  Torres  and 
Uruguaiana  dallisgrasses , had  never  been  available  through  the 
U.S.  Plant  Introduction  program.  Both  biotypes  are  considerably 
different  from  common  dallisgrass  (table  1)  and  the  Uruguaiana 
biotype  appears  to  have  potential  as  a forage  grass. 

A forage  evaluation  test  was  conducted  at  Temple,  Texas,  from 
1978-1980  to  determine  the  forage  potential  of  17  different 
biotypes  including  common  dallisgrass.  Forage  yields  and  IVDMD 
values  for  the  accessions  are  presented  in  table  2.  The  erect 
Uruguaiana  biotype  produced  more  forage  than  common  dallisgrass. 
The  four  common  dallisgrass  ecotypes  which  were  phenotypically 
different  than  typical  common  dallisgrass  produced  less  forage 
than  common,  and  the  Torres  biotype  produced  the  least  amount  of 
forage. 

The  IVDMD  values  for  all  the  accessions  were  low  because  the 
samples  were  collected  when  the  plants  were  mature.  Common 
dallisgrass  did  not  differ  significantly  from  the  other  acces- 
sions in  IVDMD  (table  2) , but  there  were  significant  differences 
among  the  Uruguaiana  types  in  IVDMD.  Because  there  was  not  a 
significant  correlation  (r  = -0.28)  between  yield  and  IVDMD  for 
the  Uruguaiana  accessions,  we  believe  that  we  may  be  able  to 
select  a more  productive  plant  without  adversely  affecting 
IVDMD,  but  more  detailed  studies  are  needed.  In  1982  the  seven 


36 


Table  1. — Biotypes  of  Paspalum  dilatatum  from  South  America 


G 


o 

44  -H 

O 44 

4-4 

4-» 

44 

44 

O 

o 

o 

i— 1 

i — 1 

O 

O 

G 3 

•H 

•H 

G 

G 

•rH 

•H 

P P 

S 

0 

G 

G 

0 

0 

O O 

O 

o 

X 

X 

o 

O 

S M 

PM 

pm 

G 

G 

a 

a 

pm 

<3 

C 

CO 

CO 

<3 

<3 

<u 

G 

o 

o 

O 

O 

o 

o 

CN 

m 

<r 

<}• 

■<r 

P 

vO 

G 

54 

r-4 

o 

O 

o 

i — 1 

G 

•H 

•H 

•r4 

•H 

»> 

•H 

»* 

rG 

N 

CO 

Pi 

fX 

Ptf 

r 

G 

N 

G 

44 

G 

O 

/—N 

, — v 

G 

G 

G 

G 

54 

G 

<44 

i-H 

44 

i — 1 

44 

rH 

G 

•H 

54 

•H 

O 

pq 

G 

O 

•H 

O 

•H 

O 

•H 

O 

4-> 

pq 

4-4 

c o 

G 

N 

N 

N 

G 

•H 

G 

G 

G 

PQ 

r 

G 

G 

G 

G 

G 

G 

G 

4-1 

G 

G 

G 

r 

54 

44 

54 

44 

54 

44 

54 

toO 

G 

toO 

54 

bO 

G 

44 

G 

G 

pq 

G 

PQ 

G 

PQ 

G 

P 

54 

G 

54 

G 

rG 

O 

G 

G 

44 

'> — ' 

44 

v <■ 

44 

•>— ' 

54 

•H 

<3 

rG 

<3 

G 

44 

•H 

G 

CO 

CO 

CO 

P 

5-4 

4-1 

toO 

G 

* 

44 

toO 

rH 

r— 1 

i — 1 

4-» 

C 

G 

G 

G 

O 

> 

G 

G 

G 

G 

G 

G 

C 

G 

G 

CO 

54 

O 

54 

54 

CO 

O 

G 

54 

54 

CO 

54 

CO 

54 

CO 

54 

•H 

0) 

co 

G 

P 

54 

toO  P 

G 

G 

G 

G 

P 

4-4 

4J 

r 

Pm 

54 

44 

O 

44 

O 

44 

o 

44 

CO 

CO 

G 

>> 

< 

G 

CO 

P 

CO 

P 

CO 

p 

CO 

>4-4 

G 

>> 

G 

54 

G 

G 

54 

G 

G 

G 

G 

O 

G 

G 

G 

G 

G 

54 

G 

G 

G 

G 

G 

£ 

G 

£ 

P 

G 

rG 

P 

toO 

G 

CO 

rG 

rG 

P 

rG 

P 

rG 

P 

rG 

G 

4J 

toO 

44 

44 

G 

44 

G 

44 

44 

C 

44 

G 

44 

G 

44 

g 

54 

G 

54 

54 

54 

CO 

54 

G 

54 

G 

54 

G 

G 

G 

54 

O 

54 

o 

O 

G 

G 

•H 

o 

O 

54 

O 

54 

O 

5 

o 

<3 

25 

P 

55 

!5 

Pm 

W 

<3 

CO 

55 

O 

2 

O 

CO 

O 

!5 

G 

G 

G 

44 

44 

G 

44 

G 

G 

i — 1 

G 

rG 

54 

54 

44 

54 

4-4  4-4 

| 

4-1 

44 

44 

G 

44 

44 

5 *H 

•H 

CO 

CO 

a 

•H 

CO 

G 

O P 

0 

O 

O 

G 

54 

o 

G 

54  G 

G 

54 

54 

54 

G 

54 

54 

O P 

co 

cm 

PM 

W 

> 

PM 

W 

G 

G 

44 

P 

P 

G 

G 

1 

G 

1 

G 

G 

G 

54 

£ 

54 

£ 

54 

CO 

•H 

O 

44 

O 

G 

O 

G 

G 

G 

G 

g 

CO 

t — 1 

rG 

i — 1 

rG 

54 

G 

0 

g 

o 

r-H 

44 

i — 1 

44 

54 

toO 

G 

o 

54 

G 

G 

G 

C 

O 

54 

55 

CJ 

Pm 

5>4 

G 

>m 

G 

H 

P 

37 


Table  2. — Performance  of  new  dallisgrass  ecotypes  and  biotypes 


Accession 

Type 

Forage  yield 

Mean  IVDMD 

kg /ha 

% 

461 

Uruguaiana 

8300  a 

47.8  bed 

455 

II 

8300  a 

47.6  bed 

426 

II 

7600  ab 

48.0  bed 

554 

II 

7600  ab 

49.5  abc 

458 

II 

7500  abc 

47.5  cd 

460 

II 

7400  abc 

46.9  d 

555 

II 

7300  abc 

50.1  ab 

427 

II 

6800  bed 

48.0  bed 

432 

II 

6500  b-e 

47.3  cd 

459 

II 

6500  b-e 

48.0  bed 

544 

II 

6300  c-f 

50.5  a 

Mean 

II 

7300 

48.3 

Common 

Common 

6300  c-f 

48.6  a-d 

552 

Common  off  type 

5900  d-g 

49.7  abc 

543 

II  II  II 

5500  efg 

49.0  a-d 

547 

11  II  II 

5200  fgh 

47.4  cd 

351 

II  II  II 

5000  gh 

48.0  bed 

Mean 

ft  II  II 

5400 

48.5 

178 

Torres 

4000  h 

48.4  a-d 

lean  of  3 years. 


38 


best  accessions  and  common  dallisgrass  were  planted  into  forage 
tests  at  Temple  and  Angleton,  Texas,  for  further  evaluation. 

Because  previous  plant  breeders  and  geneticists  have  used  plant 
introductions  in  an  attempt  to  improve  the  species,  it  may  seem 
unusual  that  this  approach  is  more  successful  today.  Essen- 
tially all  Paspatum  introductions  obtained  prior  to  1975  were 
collected  by  taxonomists  from  the  countries  where  the  plants 
were  growing.  Because  they  were  unaware  of  the  objectives  of 
the  breeding  programs  and  did  not  understand  the  problems  asso- 
ciated with  breeding  apomictic  grasses,  their  collections  did 
not  comprise  the  best  available  germplasm.  The  senior  author 
was  familiar  with  these  problems,  and  therefore  was  able,  with 
the  assistance  of  South  American  scientists,  to  identify  valu- 
able new  ecotypes  and  biotypes  not  included  in  previous  collec- 
tions. This  clearly  demonstrates  the  necessity  that  the 
geneticist  working  with  a particular  species  to  explore  the 
center  of  origin  of  the  species  and  collect  the  diverse  germ- 
plasm  that  will  be  of  value  to  the  improvement  program. 

Accessions  of  four  other  Paspalum  species  are  also  being  evalu- 
ated at  Temple.  The  species  are  P.  nicovae _,  P.  plioatulim j P. 
denticulatwn , and  P.  unispicatum. 

INTRA-  AND  INTERSPECIFIC  HYBRIDIZATION 

Numerous  interspecific  Paspalum  hybrids  have  been  made  during 
the  past  several  years.  Many  of  these  have  involved  the  erect 
sexual  yellow-anthered  dallisgrass  biotype  as  the  female  parent. 
Most  hybrids  were  made  for  cytogenetic  analysis  to  determine  the 
phylogenetic  relationships  among  various  species  (Burson  1983) . 
Even  though  some  hybrids  have  potential  as  productive  forage 
grasses,  they  all  lack  sufficient  fertility  to  be  propagated  by 
seed.  Attempts  to  restore  fertility  in  these  hybrids  have  not 
been  successful. 

Because  of  sterility  in  the  interspecific  hybrids,  intraspecific 
hybridization  appears  to  have  the  most  potential  in  producing 
improved  germplasm.  A fertile  intraspecific  hybrid  has  been 
produced  between  the  yellow-anthered  and  common  dallisgrass 
biotypes  (Bennett  et  al.  1969).  However,  because  of  the  insta- 
bility of  the  10  common  dallisgrass  univalent  chromosomes  in  the 
Fj  hybrid,  apparently  some  important  genetic  material  is  lost 
when  the  10  univalents  are  eliminated  in  the  subsequent  genera- 
tions. Recently,  this  yellow-anthered  X common  Fj  hybrid  was 
backcrossed  to  common  dallisgrass,  and  some  variable  purple- 
anthered  plants  have  been  recovered.  This  could  provide  a means 
of  stabilizing  some  of  the  univalents  as  backcrossing  to  common 
dallisgrass  is  continued.  In  the  future  the  sexual  yellow- 
anthered  plants  will  be  crossed  with  the  Uruguaiana  biotype  in 
an  attempt  to  recover  improved  types. 


39 


TISSUE  CULTURE 


Variation  is  observed  frequently  in  tissue  culture-derived 
plants.  When  small  segments  (3-5  mm  in  length)  of  young  common 
dallisgrass  inflorescences  or  stems  are  placed  on  an  agar  based 
medium,  callus  tissue  often  develops.  After  the  callus  has 
increased  to  a sufficient  size,  it  is  transferred  to  other  media 
with  appropriate  auxin-cytokinin  content  to  stimulate  shoot  and 
root  differentiation.  These  young  plantlets  are  transplanted 
into  peat  pots  in  the  greenhouse  and  eventually  planted  into  a 
field  nursery. 

More  than  300  plants  have  been  established  in  a field  nursery. 
Differences  in  plant  size,  leaf  width,  leafiness,  and  pubescence 
have  been  noted.  Because  we  are  interested  in  increasing 
drought  tolerance  in  dallisgrass,  a study  was  initiated  to 
determine  if  there  were  differences  in  heat  tolerance  among  the 
tissue  culture-derived  plants.  Using  a heat  tolerance  test 
(Sullivan  1972) , 250  plants  were  tested  under  both  drought 
stressed  and  non-stressed  conditions.  When  drought  stressed, 
the  percent  cellular  damage  from  a heat  challenge  of  50°C  for 
45  min  ranged  from  20  to  70%  with  the  largest  number  of  plants 
occurring  in  the  50%  damage  category.  The  common  dallisgrass 
control  was  also  in  the  50%  damage  category.  Plants  were 
visually  rated  for  their  susceptibility  or  resistance  to  stress 
when  under  drought  conditions.  The  visual  ratings  and  the 
cellular  damages  from  the  heat  tolerance  test  were  negatively 
correlated  (r  = -0.32**).  When  the  plants  were  sampled  under 
non-stressed  conditions,  the  percent  damage  ranged  from  60  to 
100%  with  the  most  frequent  category  being  80%.  Common  dallis- 
grass was  in  the  80%  category.  These  findings  suggest  that 
differences  occur  among  the  tissue  culture-derived  plants  in 
their  ability  to  acclimate  to  heat  or  drought  stress . Because 
common  dallisgrass  is  an  obligate  apomict,  this  amount  of  varia- 
bility would  not  normally  be  expected  and,  in  fact,  was  not 
observed  among  the  common  dallisgrass  checks.  Therefore,  it 
appears  that  real  differences  do  occur  in  the  tissue  culture- 
derived  plants.  Research  is  underway  to  further  evaluate  the 
physiological  and  genetic  bases  for  these  differences  under 
controlled  conditions.  Variants  produced  in  this  manner  may  be 
important  in  extending  the  range  of  adaptation  of  common  dallis- 
grass into  drier  regions. 


40 


references 


Bashaw,  E. 
1958. 


Bashaw,  E. 
1958. 


Bennett,  H. 
1969. 

Bur son,  B. 
19-83. 


Burton,  G. 
1962. 


Chase,  A. 
1929. 


C.,  and  Forbes,  I.,  Jr. 

Chromosome  numbers  and  microsporogenesis  in  dallis- 
grass  Paspalum  dilatatum  Poir.  Agron.  J.  50: 
411-445. 

C. , and  Holt,  E.  C. 

Megasporogenesis , embryo  sac  development  and  embryo- 
genesis  in  dallisgrass  Paspalum  dilatatum  Poir. 
Agron.  J.  50:  753-756. 

W.;  Burson,  B.  L.;  and  Bashaw,  E.  C. 

Intraspecific  hybridization  in  dallisgrass,  Paspalum 
dilatdtum  Poir.  Crop  Sci.  9:  807-809. 

L. 

Phylogenetic  investigations  of  Paspalum  dilatatum 
and  related  species.  In  J.  A.  Smith  and  V.  W.  Hays 
(eds.),  Proc.  14th  Int . Grassl.  Congr.,  Lexington, 
Ky.,  15-24  June,  1981,  pp.  170-173.  Westview 
Press,  Boulder,  Colo. 

W. 

Conventional  breeding  of  dallisgrass  Paspalum 
dilatatum  Poir.  Crop  Sci.  2:  491-494. 

North  American  species  of  Paspalum.  Contr.  U.S. 
Natl.  Herb.  28(1):  1-310. 


Sullivan,  C.  Y. 

1972.  Mechanisms  of  heat  and  drought  resistance  in  grain 

sorghum  and  methods  of  measurement.  l!n  N.  G.  P.  Rao 
and  L.  R.  House  (eds.).  Sorghum  in  the  Seventies. 
Oxford  and  IBH  Publishing  Co.,  New  Delhi,  India. 


41 


Forage  Plant  Resources 


CLOVER  AND  SPECIAL  PURPOSE  LEGUME  GERMPLASM  RESOURCES 
FOR  THE  FUTURE 

Gary  A.  Pederson  and  William  E.  Knight 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 


INTRODUCTION 

Between  1950  and  1970,  research  on  clovers  and  special  purpose 
legumes  was  greatly  reduced  in  the  U.S.;  however,  in  the  last 
ten  years,  interest  has  rekindled  in  the  utilization  of  legumes 
in  pastures  and  in  conservation  tillage  systems.  The  energy 
crisis  stimulated  part  of  this  interest  as  well  as  a need 
perceived  by  livestock  producers  for  higher  quality  forage  with 
better  seasonal  distribution.  Recent  economic  conditions  in  the 
livestock  industry  have  resulted  in  erodable  land  being  placed 
in  row  crops.  Increased  erosion  clearly  shows  the  need  for 
better  conservation  tillage  systems.  Legumes  should  be  an 
integral  part  of  these  systems. 

Presently,  there  are  75  legume  species  (excluding  alfalfa)  in 
public  improvement  programs  in  the  Southeastern  U.S.  This  paper 
will  summarize  the  state  and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 
programs  involved  in  improvement  of  these  75  legume  species. 
Also,  examples  of  current  research  that  will  result  in  improved 
legume  germplasm  for  the  future  will  be  cited. 

AREAS  FOR  IMPROVEMENT 

There  are  a number  of  areas  where  significant  improvement  can  be 
made  in  the  germplasm  of  the  future: 

1)  Increased  forage  yield  distribution  and  quality. 

2)  Resistance  to  fungal  pathogens. 

3)  Resistance  to  legume  viruses. 

4)  Nematode  resistance. 

5)  Insect  resistance  to  primary  pests  as  well  as  to  vectors  of 
viruses . 

6)  Improved  N2  fixation  by  developing  a more  efficient  symbio- 
tic relationship  with  improved  Rhizobium  strains. 


42 


7)  Increased  drought  tolerance  and  winterhardiness  to  improve 
persistence  and  increase  adaptation  of  legumes  to  South- 
eastern U.S.  climatic  conditions. 

8)  Improved  seed  production  to  enable  producers  to  establish 
initial  stands  and  improved  reseeding  in  annuals  for 
establishment  of  subsequent  stands. 

9)  Development  of  interspecific  hybrids  to  utilize  traits  from 
other  legume  species. 

10)  Plant  introduction  and  evaluation  to  broaden  the  gene  base 
and  reduce  genetic  vulnerability. 

WHITE  CLOVER 

White  clover,  Trifolium  repens  L. , is  a perennial  clover  widely 
adapted  for  use  in  pastures  of  the  Southeastern  U.S.  Alabama, 
Florida,  Louisiana,  Mississippi,  North  Carolina,  and  South 
Carolina  are  presently  involved  in  white  clover  improvement 
(table  1).  The  standard  white  clover  cultivars  are  the  ladino 
types,  'Regal'  and  'Tillman',  and  the  intermediate  types 
'Louisiana  S-l'  and  'Nolin's  Improved'.  Regal  is  a five-clone 
synthetic  released  by  the  Auburn  University  Agricultural  Experi- 
ment Station  in  1962  (Johnson  et  al.  1970)  while  Tillman,  a 
six-clone  synthetic,  was  released  by  the  South  Carolina  Agricul- 
tural Experiment  Station  and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 
in  1965  (Gibson,  Beinhart,  and  Halpin  1969).  Louisiana  S-l,  a 
five-clone  synthetic  released  by  the  Louisiana  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station  in  1952  (Hollowell  1958),  and  Nolin's 
Improved,  a naturalized  cultivar,  behave  as  reseeding  annuals 
in  the  Southeast. 

Objectives  of  white  clover  research  include  improvement  of  per- 
sistence and  development  of  resistance  to  viruses,  root  dis- 
eases, and  nematodes.  Prior  to  retirement.  Dr.  P.  B.  Gibson  led 
an  extensive  and  productive  multidisciplinary  program  on  white 
clover  at  Clemson,  S.C.  He  led  a research  team  that  produced  11 
interspecific  hybrid  combinations,  eight  for  the  first  time, 
among  five  species  of  clover  (Chou  and  Gibson  1968;  Gibson  and 
Beinhart  1969;  Gibson  et  al.  1971;  Gibson  and  Chen  1975) . The 
Clemson  team  developed  a technique  to  screen  white  clover  plants 
for  resistance  to  root-knot  nematodes  (Baxter  and  Gibson  1959) 
and  released  SC-1  root-knot  nematode  resistant  germplasm  in  1972 
(Gibson  1973).  A forthcoming  virus- resistant  germplasm  release 
was  developed  through  a five-state  cooperative  project  coordi- 
nated by  Dr.  P.  B.  Gibson.  Plants  were  screened  by  mechanical 
inoculation,  aphid  inoculation,  and  field  tests  for  resistance 
to  alfalfa  mosaic  virus,  peanut  stunt  virus,  and  clover  yellow 
vein  virus.  Further  field  screening  resulted  in  44  clones  being 
found  resistant  to  these  viruses  in  all  tests.  A germplasm  re- 
lease of  this  material  will  be  made  shortly.  Other  promising 
white  clover  germplasm  includes  Florida  XP-1  and  XP-2  developed 
by  the  Florida  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  and  the  Brown 
Loam  germplasm  developed  by  the  Mississippi  Agricultural  Experi- 
ment Station  and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 


43 


Table  1. — Forage  legumes  other  than  alfalfa  in  public  improvement  programs 
in  the  Southeastern  United  States^ 


M 

3 

& 

• 

CO 

3 

/—N 

e 

o 

3 

6 

/•—N 

3 

1 — 1 

•H 

3 

/^*N 

3 

4-1 

• • 

3 

5-4 

4-1 

s 

i — 1 

3 

/- — \ 

u 

CO 

T3 

3 

3 

•H 

3 

• 

•H 

3 

3 

3 

3 

H 

•H 

a 

CO 

05 

3 

5-i 

6 

3 

3 

a 

a 

05 

a 

X 

3 

3 

•H 

4-1 

3 

C0 

> 

CO 

05 

O 

3 

i — 1 

3 

3 

05 

i — 1 

3 

50 

3 

6 

3 

e 

5-1 

3 

•H 

■H 

H 

3 

3 

H PO 

a 

• 

•H 

> — ' 

•H 

, S 

•H 

t— 

i • 

i — 1 

£ 

H H 

1 ^ 

6 

H| 

O 

M— 1 

'■w' 

44 

cd 

•H 

05 

H| 

1 6 

3 

H H 

|H 

3 

5-i 

i — 1 

''w' 

3 

O 

4-/ 

s — * 

•H 

3 

H 

S 

3 

CO 

H 

•H 

' — ' 

o 

r— 1 

CO 

6 

3 

3 

3 

3 

!-i 

i — 1 

3 

•H 

3 

4-1 

3 

CO 

5-1 

cd 

3 

3 

3 

•H 

3 

3 

S-i 

< 

PQ 

PQ 

C_> 

S 

a 

Pi 
CO  PQ 


n 

3 

3 

5-i 

3 

a 

5-i 

3 a) 
a co 
c a 

• 3 -1-1 

H|  -U  5-i 

"■ — ^ CU  *H 

5-1  rC 

6 a 

d • o 3 

3 • h h a> 

5-1  Hi'-'  -H  ,£3 

3 as 

a 3 *h  3 

m 'd  co  g 5-1 

4-1 


•sc  -sc  -sc 

H H H 

a pd  a 


•SC 

-sc 

* 

•SC 

t-H 

C\] 

I— 1 

CN 

CN 

CN 

Pi 

a 

a 

a 

Pi 

Pi  • 

«■. 

•SC 

*> 

■SC 

*> 

»•  • 

PQ 

CO 

PQ 

CO 

CO 

CO 

PQ 

PQ  • 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

PQ  • 

CO  CO  CO 

CO 

CO  CO 

CN 

Ptf 

CN 

CN 

CN 

rH 

• • t—l 

Pi 

Pi 

Pi 

Pi 

• t—l 

• • Pi 

• Pi 

• • rv 

CO 

PQ 

CO 

PQ 

• 

• • CO 

• CO 

•SC  -5C 

rH 

i — 1 t—l 

ptf 

Pi  Pi 

•SC 

* 

»> 

PQ 

PQ 

PQ 

B 

B 

i — 1 

3 

3 

• ✓ — N 

•H 

3 

3 

3 3 

Ou 

4-4 

4-1 

3 3 

•H 

•H 

H 

/-v 

3 *H 

6 

50 

3 

• 

3 

•H  i— 1 

a) 

3 

3 

3 

4-1 

3 O 

• 

CO 

3 

/—N 

6 

3 

3 

3 4-4 

4-4 

3 

O 

3 

a *h 

N 

H 

3 

•H 

3 

3 

3 

3 4-1 

3 

H • 

3 

33 

4-1 

t — 1 

3 

a 

•H  3 

3 

H 

a 

3 

3 

3 

a 

a r3  3 

X> 

3 

3 

6 

•H 

a 

3 

50 

t—l 

6 

3 

3 

3 

•H 

3 

3 

3 

4-1 

4-1 

H 3 

H|  3 

3 

3 

3 

,H| 

1 10 

3 

3 

3 3 O 3 


3 H | w 
5-1 

5-4  50 

3 3 3 •• 
4-1  4-1  N 3 
X -H  50  N 

3 -3  *H  3 
Pi  CO  CO  CO  S N 3 
05 

a 

CO 
05 


. • cd 

h| ail  05 

•H 
5-i 
05 


3 H|' 
O 

I — I 

O 05 
a 3 • 


co  05  Cd  PQ 
3 


44 


Table  1. — Forage  legumes  other  than  alfalfa  in  public  improvement  programs 
in  the  Southeastern  United  States — continued 


x 

H 


w cn  m co  w w w 


PS  pS 
PP  PP 


>1 


s-j  >| 


PO  g 
•H  O 
pq  O 


> CO 
w OJ 

g 


co  co  co  co  co  co 


cd 

Cl 

d 

d 

cd 

CO 

cd 

o 

cd 

u 

•H 

g 

i — i 

PC 

o 

•H 

d 

d 

i — i 

Ci 

•H 

CO 

cd 

•H 

•H 

cd 

X 

•H 

cd 

Cl 

d 

u 

<u 

r— 1 

i— ( 

4J 

cd 

o 

o 

g 

<d 

•rH 

cd 

d 

Cl 

Ci 

cd 

<> — - 

CO 

i — i 

cu 

g 

o 

cu 

cd 

d 

C 

d 

u 

4-1 

d) 

cd 

Cl 

C 

o 

cd 

g 

d 

cu 

£ 

> 

cu 

x> 

•H 

d 

cd 

ds 

0) 

cd 

•H 

> 

CO 

cd 

Cl 

•H 

,d 

g 

4-) 

4-1 

o 

cd 

cd 

g 

o 

d 

o 

g 

o 

cd 

CO 

•H 

rH 

rd 

M— 1 

cu 

d 

•H 

4-J 

d 

d 

u 

•H 

CO 

u 

1 1 

CO 

o 

PO 

d) 

*H 

X 

i — i 

d 

cd 

cd 

o 

CO 

Cl 

> 

dd 

cd 

d 

cu 

CU 

> 

•H 

Cl 

cd 

•H 

d 

O 

o 

4-4 

u 

CO 

O 

cd 

CO 

4-1 

d- 

> 

g 

CO 

X 

d 

CO 

d 

o 

CO 

d) 

• 

• 

rH 

cd 

cd 

(U 

• 

Ci 

<u 

< 

C|C|<3 

1 <J 

o 

o 

O 

o|u|u 

Q 

Q|Q|Q|Q|Q| 


45 


sandwicense 


Table  1. — Forage  legumes  other  than  alfalfa  in  public  improvement  programs 
in  the  Southeastern  United  States — continued 


pi 

CO  PQ  CO 


>< 

•X 

r~H 

X 

< 

o 

X 

r-H 

X 

pi 

p-l 

CO 

CO 

*> 

CO 

X 

X 

< 

X 

'rl 

X 

x 

• 

CO 

3 

bO 

• 

cd 

3 

X 

X 

• 

4-1 

co 

X 

3 

S 

3 

3 

4-J 

X 

CO 

3 

3 

X 

3 

5-4 

3 

3 

, V 

3 

•H 

•H 

3 

S 

3 

X 

3 

• 

n 

• 

a, 

CO 

3 

bC 

O 

/"-'N 

3 

3 

3 

X 

3 

• 

cd 

3 

Q 

X 

3 

O 

3 

5-1 

X 

v — / 

3 

•H 

3 

•<— > 

03 

3 

X 

O 

3 

3 

<4-4 

X 

/— s 

3 

3 

3 

a 

3 

a 

X 

o 

6 

3 

X 

3 

I — 1 

5-4 

3 

X 

2 

X 

0) 

bO 

3 

X 

3 

3 

3 

3 

< 

v ' 

3 

X 

6 

•H 

■H 

X 

i — 

O 

X 

T— I 

3 

X 

3 

3 

3 

T3 

5-i 

3 

X 

i — 1 

X 

r— 1 

3 

o 

pj 

3 

3 

60 

3 

3 

3 

X 

3 

X 

3 

X 

•H 

O 

3 

X 

3 

3 

X 

3 

4-) 

W 

3 

X 

3 

3 

X 

X 

i — 1 

3 

3 

3 

— i 

3 

X 

03 

'w' 

O 

* 

X 

s 

O 

3 

3 

i — 1 

3 

3 

X 

3 

P, 

*H 

5-1 

3 

CO 

X 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

•H 

X 

3 

X 

O 

O 

3 

o 

3 

X 

3 

3 

3 

b0 

pL, 

3 

O 

' <■ 

3 

X 

bO 

3 

3 

X 

3 

CO 

3 

X 

3 

O 

X 

' — * 

a 

3 

3 

CO 

•H 

X 

a 

X 

3 

i — 1 

3 

6 

5-i 

X 

3 

CL, 

XI 

6 

X 

3 

X 

o 

0 

X 

3 

rH 

X 

3 

X 

3 

3 

3 

c! 

X 

CO 

O 

3 

i — i 

i — 1 

3 

3 

3 

3 

Cl, 

3 

•H 

•H 

3 

4-J 

o 

•H 

3 

3 

3 

X 

3 

X 

•H 

3 

4-> 

3 

3 

Q 

O 

X 

3 

X 

X 

X 

3 

X 

3 

3 

O 

o 

CO 

•H 

1! 

3 

X 

3 

3 

o 

3 

3 

3 

3 

O 

X 

3 

5-4 

>> 

a 

N— " 

•H 

X 

3 

O 

X 

3 

O 

bO 

3 

3 

3 

CL, 

i— i 

•H 

X 

3 

1 — 1 

3 

X 

3 

6 

3 

X 

X 

bO 

O 

cd 

3 

3 

>•> 

I — 1 

3 

o 

3 

• 

•H 

3 

3 

3 

X 

3 

o 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

s 

S|  s 

s 

X 

CX 

P-4 

Ph 

PL|  I P-l  I 


46 


scandens 

tetragonolobus 


Table  1. — Forage  legumes  other  than  alfalfa  in  public  improvement  programs 
in  the  Southeastern  United  States — continued 


x 

H 


WWW 


o 

CO 


o 

S3 


CO  CO  CO  CO  CO 


c3 

pq 

6 

P 

CL) 

5-1 

P 

CO 

a 

p 

5-1 

p 

q> 

cd 

a 

i — i 

o 

P 

!-i 

a 

4-1 

CO 

•H 

cd 

co 

•H 

P 

cu 

i — 1 

P 

6 

XI 

•H 

O 

q) 

•H 

e 

o 

•H 

O 

qJ 

cd 

i — 1 

5-1 

si 

cd 

CO 

1 — 1 

•H 

X 

CO 

cd 

p 

p 

r— 1 

4-) 

,P 

CO 

•H 

a) 

cd 

p 

cd 

O. 

P 

cu 

CO 

o 

rH 

o 

o 

O 

cd 

-P 

p 

•H 

P 

hJ 

o 

cd 

P 

i — l 

p 

cd* 

cu 

cd 

P 

o 

w 

p 

i — i 

..  o 

p 

p 

p 

P 

CU 

p 

cd 

o 

o cd 

• 

cd 

cd 

cd 

s> 

CO 

cu 

rH 

o 

(U 

p S 

2 cn 

S 

■H 

cd 

P 

.a 

•H 

4-4 

p 

o 

cd 

P 

u 

P 

p 

O 

cd 

P 

cd 

1— 1 

rP 

00 

CO 

CO 

p 

4-4 

P 

5-1 

>> 

CU 

00 

•H 

p 

P 

•H 

CO 

CO 

CO 

co 

|co|co|co|H 

> 

>1 

Pj 

cd  (P 
cu  co 
cx 

5-i  cd 
(U  *H 
P P 
P P 
•H  O 


00 

P 
•H 
X) 

cu 
a) 

P 

pq  w 

II  II 

i— I CN 

pq  co  p3  Pi 


47 


Evaluation  and  selection. 

Released  germplasm  or  cultivar. 
Release  probable  within  5 years. 


RED  CLOVER 


Red  clover,  Trifolium  pratense  L.,  is  a perennial  clover  which 
is  more  widely  used  in  other  areas  of  the  U.S.  other  than  the 
Southeast.  Florida,  Kentucky,  and  Louisiana  are  involved  in 
improvement  programs  on  red  clover  (table  1).  For  the  Southeast, 
the  standard  cultivars  are  ’Kenland'  and  'Kenstar'.  These  two 
cultivars  were  developed  by  the  Kentucky  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station  and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  in  1951  (Hollowell 
1951)  and  1973  (Taylor  and  Anderson  1973),  respectively. 

Objectives  of  red  clover  improvement  programs  include  increasing 
persistence  in  the  Southeast,  developing  fundamental  cytogenetic 
knowledge  on  Trifolium  species,  and  increasing  resistance  to 
viruses,  root  diseases,  and  nematodes.  Dr.  N.  L.  Taylor  and 
associates  at  the  Kentucky  station  have  established  an  extensive 
red  clover  improvement  program.  Recent  red  clover  germplasm  re- 
leases include  11  gene  markers  (Taylor  1982)  and  9 generations 
of  bulked  plant  introductions  (Taylor  1979) . The  Kentucky  pro- 
gram has  also  been  instrumental  in  interspecific  hybridization 
of  Trifolium  species  and  has  released  germplasm  of  Trifolium 
sarosiense  x TL  alpestre  and  Trifolium  medium  x T_.  sarosiense 
in  1978  (Taylor  and  Quesenberry  1978a,  1978b) . 

ARROWLEAF  CLOVER 

Arrowleaf  clover.  Trifolium  vesiculosum  Savi. , is  a winter  an- 
nual clover  that  has  received  a great  deal  of  interest  in  the 
Southeast  recently.  Florida,  Georgia,  Louisiana,  Mississippi, 
and  Texas  are  involved  in  arrowleaf  clover  improvement  (table  1) . 
The  standard  cultivars  of  arrowleaf  clover  are  ' Amclo ' , 'Yuchi' , 
and  'Meechee' . Amclo,  an  early-maturing  cultivar,  was  released 
by  the  Georgia  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  and  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Agriculture  (Beaty  et  al.  1965).  Yuchi,  a later- 
maturing  type,  was  released  by  the  Auburn  University  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station  (Hoveland  1967) . Meechee,  the  latest  maturing 
cultivar  with  the  most  winterhardiness,  was  released  by  the 
Mississippi  State  University  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  and 
the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  (Knight  et  al.  1969). 

The  objectives  of  arrowleaf  clover  research  are  to  obtain  early 
emergence  with  uniform  stands,  increase  late  spring  persistence, 
improve  drought  tolerance,  and  increase  resistance  to  viruses, 
root  diseases,  and  nematodes.  Virus  diseases  are  a major  pro- 
blem not  only  in  arrowleaf  but  in  many  of  the  other  true  clovers. 
Viruses  can  reduce  the  clover  stand  by  direct  effect  or  by  in- 
creased susceptibility  to  secondary  pathogens  through  reduced 
plant  vigor.  Arrowleaf  clover  is  more  susceptible  to  nematode 
damage  than  other  annual  clovers  (Nichols  et  al.  1981).  Nema- 
tode-resistant germplasm  should  be  forthcoming  from  the  Florida 
breeding  program. 


48 


CRIMSON  CLOVER 


Crimson  clover,  Trifolium  incarnatum  L.,  is  a winter  annual  le- 
gume with  a distinctive  bright  crimson  flower.  Florida, 

Kentucky,  Louisiana,  Mississippi,  and  Texas  have  active  im- 
provement programs  in  crimson  clover  (table  1) . The  standard 
cultivars  are  ’Dixie’,  ’Chief',  ’Autauga’,  and  ’Tibbee’.  Dixie 
was  released  in  1946  by  the  Georgia  Agricultural  Experiment  Sta- 
tion and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  (Hollowell  1953). 
Chief  and  Tibbee  were  released  by  the  Mississippi  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station  and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 
(Hollowell  1960  and  Knight  1972) . 

The  objectives  of  crimson  clover  research  are  to  improve  N£  fix- 
ation, improve  fall  growth,  reduce  seed  shatter  and  lodging,  and 
increase  resistance  to  the  clover  head  weevil,  viruses,  root 
diseases,  and  nematodes.  The  clover  head  weevil  is  a major  in- 
sect problem  on  crimson  clover.  Feeding  by  this  insect  reduces 
the  reseeding  ability  of  crimson  clover  and  may  result  in  poor 
stands  in  subsequent  years.  A screening  program  is  presently 
underway  in  Mississippi  to  develop  resistant  germplasm. 

SUBTERRANEAN  CLOVER 

Subterranean  clover,  Trifolium  subterraneum  L.,  is  a winter  an- 
nual clover  which  only  recently  has  been  extensively  grown  in  the 
Southeast.  Florida,  Georgia,  Louisiana,  Mississippi,  and  Texas 
are  involved  in  the  improvement  of  subclover  (table  1) . The 
standard  subclover  cultivars  are  ’Mt.  Barker’ , ’Nangeela’ , 

’ Woogenellup ’ , and  ’Meteora’ , which  are  imported  from  Australia. 
Objectives  of  subclover  programs  include  evaluation  of 
Australian  material  for  adaptation  to  the  Southeastern  U.S., 
increasing  forage  yield,  improving  reseeding  ability,  and 
developing  resistance  to  viruses  and  mildew.  A subclover  germ- 
plasm  with  increased  adaptation  to  the  Southeast  has  been  de- 
veloped by  the  Mississippi  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  and 
the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture.  The  Mississippi  ecotype 
subclover  has  persisted  for  over  30  years  from  an  original  seed- 
ing of  the  Australian  cultivars  Mt.  Barker,  ’Bacchus  Marsh’ , 
and  ’Tallarook’.  This  subclover  will  be  released  as  germplasm 
or  as  a cultivar  in  the  near  future. 

BERSEEM  CLOVER 

Berseem  clover.  Trifolium  alexandrinum  L.,  is  a winter  annual 
clover  that  is  in  the  improvement  programs  of  Florida, 

Louisiana,  Mississippi,  and  Texas  (table  1).  Presently,  there 
are  no  standard  cultivars  for  the  Southeast  except  Florida 
since  no  cultivars  have  adequate  winterhardiness.  The  main  ob- 
jective of  berseem  clover  improvement  is  to  increase  the  winter- 
hardiness of  the  species.  Secondary  objectives  include  deve- 
loping resistance  to  leaf  diseases  and  improving  recovery  after 
clipping.  A winterhardy  berseem  clover  has  been  developed  in 


49 


Mississippi  from  plants  of  the  Italian  cultivar  'Sacromonte' 
that  survived  field  temperatures  as  low  as  5°  and  8°  F.  A re- 
lease of  this  material  will  be  made  shortly. 

PERSIAN  CLOVER 

Persian  clover,  Trifolium  resupinatum  L.,  is  widely  adapted 
in  the  South.  Producers'  fear  of  bloat  has  caused  this  species 
to  fail  to  reach  its  potential  as  a forage  crop.  A wide  range 
of  plant  material,  representing  wide  variations  in  maturity, 
forage  yield,  and  recovery  after  clipping,  is  available  through 
plant  introduction  (Massey  1966) . Weihing  (1962)  applied  selec- 
tion pressure  for  hard  seed  to  desirable  agronomic  types  from 
three  plant  introductions  to  develop  the  improved,  hard-seeded 
cultivar  'Abon'.  Reluctance  to  use  Persian  clover  should  di- 
minish with  present  knowledge  and  use  of  poloxalene  in  blocks 
and  in  molasses  mixtures. 

Interest  in  Persian  clover  has  increased,  and  Abon  is  being  eva- 
luated in  regional  tests. 

BALL  CLOVER 

Interest  in  ball  clover,  Trifolium  nigrescens  L.,  has  increased 
in  Alabama,  Mississippi,  and  Louisiana.  The  Alabama  Experiment 
Station  includes  this  species  in  its  improvement  program. 
Breeding  objectives  in  this  program  are  1)  increased  forage  and 
seed  yield,  and  2)  improved  pest  resistance.  Recently  a farmer 
variety,  'Segrest'  was  added  to  the  regional  variety  tests,  and 
the  Alabama  station  plans  to  make  a germplasm  release  in  the 
near  future. 

VETCH 

Vetches  are  used  most  commonly  as  winter  cover  crops  in  the 
Southeast,  with  75%  of  the  total  acreage  in  Oklahoma,  Arkansas, 
Texas,  and  Louisiana.  However,  vetch  makes  hay,  silage,  and 
pasture  of  high  quality.  Hairy  vetch,  Vicia  villosa  Roth, 
accounts  for  85%  of  the  vetch  acreage  in  the  U.S.  In  1959,  the 
Alabama  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  released  'Warrior',  a 
variety  of  common  vetch,  Vicia  sativa  L.  (Donnelly  1965a) . 
Warrior  vetch  is  resistant  to  the  vetch  bruchid  and  three 
species  of  root-knot  nematode  and  produces  high  forage  and  seed 
yields . 

The  Louisiana  Seed  Company  is  distributing  seed  of  four  proprie- 
tary varieties  from  the  Alabama  program  (Donnelly  1979) . These 
recent  releases  are  'Vantage',  'Cahaba  White',  'Nova  II',  and 
'Vanguard' . 

At  the  Kentucky  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  a locally 
adapted  strain  of  bigf lower  vetch,  Vicia  grandif lora  var. 
kitaibeliana  W.  Koch,  has  shown  promise  as  a pioneer  legume  in 


50 


pasture  renovation  research  conducted  by  Templeton  and  Taylor 
(1975).  'Woodford'  has  been  released  as  a new  variety  of  big- 
flower  vetch  from  this  work. 

LESPEDEZA 

Both  perennial  and  annual  lespedezas  have  been  under  evaluation 
for  use  in  the  Southeast.  Most  of  the  current  research  is  on 
the  perennial  sericea  lespedeza,  Lespedeza  cuneata  (Dum.)  G.  Don, 
rather  than  the  two  annual  lespedezas — striate,  Ij.  striata 
(Thunb.)  Hook  & Arn.  , and  Korean,  L^.  stipulacea  Maxim.  Alabama, 
Kentucky,  Louisiana,  and  North  Carolina  are  involved  in  sericea 
lespedeza  improvement  (table  1) . The  main  objectives  of  sericea 
lespedeza  research  have  been  to  develop  a lespedeza  low  in  tannin 
and  to  increase  nematode  resistance.  Until  recently,  the  stan- 
dard cultivars  of  sericea  lespedeza  were  'Arlington',  'Serala', 
and  'Interstate'.  Serala  and  Interstate  were  released  by  the 
Auburn  University  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  in  1962  and 
1969  (Donnelly  1965b  and  1971) . In  1978,  three  cultivars  were 
released.  'Serala  76'  and  'Interstate  76'  released  by  the 
Alabama  and  Georgia  Agricultural  Experiment  Stations  and  the 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  contained  nematode  resistance  and 
other  improvements  not  in  the  original  cultivars  (Donnelly  and 
Minton  1979).  'Appalow' , the  first  prostrate  lespedeza,  was 
released  by  the  Kentucky  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  and 
the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  (Henry  and  Taylor  1981).  In 
1980,  'AU  Lotan'  was  released  by  Dr.  E.  D.  Donnelly  of  the 
Alabama  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  (Donnelly  1981)  . This 
cultivar  is  low  in  tannin  content  and  has  greater  nematode  re- 
sistance than  previous  sericea  lespedeza  cultivars. 

LUPINE 

Lupine  species  that  are  under  evaluation  in  the  Southeast  are 
blue  lupine  (Lupinus  angus tifolius  L.),  white  lupine  (L.  albus 
L.),  and  bicolor  lupine  (L^.  hispanicus  spp.  bicolor , Merino, 

J.  S.  Gladstones).  The  objectives  of  lupine  improvement  are 
to  reduce  the  alkaloid  content,  increase  seed  shattering  resis- 
tance, and  increase  winterhardiness.  Georgia  and  Louisiana  are 
involved  in  lupine  improvement.  A number  of  recent  cultivar 
and  germplasm  releases  have  been  made  by  Dr.  John  D.  Miller, 

Dr.  Homer  D.  Wells,  and  others  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agri- 
culture and  the  Georgia  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

The  standard  cultivars  of  blue  lupine  have  been  'Richey' , 

'Borre' , 'Rancher',  'Blanco',  and  'Frost'.  Blanco  and  Rancher 
were  released  by  the  Georgia  Agricultural  Experiment  Station 
and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  in  1960  (Forbes  et  al. 

1964  and  Forbes  and  Wells  1967) . Frost  was  released  by  the 
Georgia  and  Florida  Agricultural  Experiment  Stations  and  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Agriculture  (Wells  et  al.  1980a) . This  cultivar 
showed  more  seed-shattering  resistance  than  previous  cultivars. 
Also,  Georgia  and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  released  a 


51 


winterhardy  germplasm,  WH-1,  of  blue  lupine  in  1980  (Wells  and 
Miller  1981) . 

The  standard  cultivar  of  white  lupine  was  ’Hope'  released  by  the 
Arkansas  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  in  1970  (Offutt  1971) . 
In  1980,  the  Georgia  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  and  the 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  released  ' Tifwhite-78 ' white 
lupine,  which  has  a low  alkaloid  content,  improved  winter- 
hardiness, and  decreased  seed  shattering  (Wells  et  al.  1980b). 

In  1982,  a bicolor  lupine  germplasm,  Bicolor-1,  was  released  by 
the  Georgia  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  and  the  U.S.  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  (Miller  and  Wells  1983a) . 

BIRDSFOOT  TREFOIL 

Interest  in  birdsfoot  trefoil,  Lotus  corniculatus  L.,  has  in- 
creased in  the  South.  New  releases  are  being  considered  in 
Alabama  and  Georgia.  Kentucky  recently  released  the  cultivar 
’Fergus'.  These  cultivars  have  been  developed  for  1)  improved 
forage  yield,  2)  improved  seed  yield,  3)  improved  persistence, 
and  4)  improved  pest  resistance.  ’AT-P’  birdsfoot  trefoil  will 
be  released  by  the  Alabama  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  if 
adequate  seed  production  can  be  obtained. 

OTHER  LEGUMES 

Many  other  legume  species  are  involved  in  selection  and  improve- 
ment programs  in  the  Southeastern  U.S.  Though  not  all  of  the 
species  can  be  covered  in  this  paper,  some  of  the  recent  and 
forthcoming  releases  will  be  cited.  The  Alabama  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station  is  planning  germplasm  releases  of  T_. 
purpureum  and  T_.  mutabile . The  Georgia  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station  and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  released  Tift-1 
hyacinth  bean  (Lablab  purpureus  (L.)  Sweet)  germplasm  in  1982 
(Miller  and  Wells  1983b)  and  Tifhardy-1  Desmodium  canum  (J.  F. 
Gmel.)  Schinz  and  Thell.  germplasm  in  1981  (Miller  and  Wells 
1981) . The  Florida  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  released 
’Florida’  Desmodium  heterocarpon  (L.)  DC.  in  1979  (Kretschmer 
et  al.  1982).  The  Kentucky  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  re- 
leased KY  M-l  zigzag  clover  (Trifolium  medium  L.)  germplasm  in 
1982  (Taylor  et  al.  1982). 

In  Florida,  Dr.  A.  E.  Kretschmer  has  an  extensive  evaluation 
program  involving  over  4,000  accessions  of  tropical  legumes. 

Some  of  the  tropical  legumes  are  being  evaluated  at  the  Iberia 
Livestock  Experiment  Station  in  Louisiana  by  Dr.  C.  C.  Shock. 
Although  some  of  these  species  may  be  adapted  and  contribute  to 
forage  systems  in  the  tropical  part  of  the  region,  their  use 
over  much  of  the  region  will  be  limited  by  climatic  conditions. 

This  paper  covers  primarily  the  public  improvement  programs  for 
legume  species  other  than  alfalfa.  However,  the  contribution 
of  industry  to  the  development,  promotion,  and  distribution  of 


52 


legume  cultivars  should  be  recognized.  Private  industry  has  been 
actively  involved  in  red  clover  improvement  with  the  release  of 
many  cultivars,  including  'Florie'  by  Northrup  King  and  Company, 
’Redland  II’  by  North  American  Plant  Breeders,  and  'Redman'  by 
FFR  Cooperative  (Buker  et  al.  1979) . 'Arcadia'  is  an  improved 
ladino  clover  distributed  by  Northrup  King  and  Company.  Cal/ 

West  Seeds  has  a white  clover  improvement  program  with  several 
experimentals  in  the  regional  evaluation  test.  The  Louisiana 
Seed  Company  has  increased  and  distributed  four  proprietary 
cultivars  from  the  Alabama  vetch  breeding  program  (i.e.,  Vantage, 
Cahaba  White,  Nova  II,  and  Vanguard)  as  well  as  Tibbee  and  Chief 
crimson  clovers  released  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 
and  the  Mississippi  Station. 

A wide  range  of  diverse  legume  germplasm  is  available  for  gen- 
eral and  for  special  purpose  use  in  the  Southeastern  U.S.  How- 
ever, the  large  number  of  species  involved  will  increase  the 
breeder's  challenge  to  provide  the  public  with  improved  legume 
germplasm  resources  in  the  future. 

REFERENCES 

Baxter,  L.  W. , and  Gibson,  P.  B. 

1959.  Effect  of  root  knot  nematodes  on  the  persistence  of 
white  clover.  Agron.  J.  51:603-604. 

Beaty,  E.  T.;  Powell,  J.  D.;  and  Young,  W.  C. 

1965.  Amclo  arrowleaf  clover.  Crop  Sci.  5:284. 

Buker,  R.  J.;  Baluch,  S.  J.;  and  Sellers,  P.  A. 

1979.  Registration  of  Redman  red  clover.  Crop  Sci.  19:928. 
Chou,  Meei-chih,  and  Gibson,  P.  B. 

1968.  Cross  compatibility  of  Trifolium  nigrescens  with 

diploid  and  tetraploid  Trifolium  occidentale . Crop 
Sci.  8:266-267. 

Donnelly,  E.  D. 

1965a.  Registration  of  Warrior  vetch.  Crop  Sci.  5:605. 
1965b.  Serala  sericea.  Crop  Sci.  5:605. 

1971.  Registration  of  Interstate  sericea  lespedeza.  Crop 
Sci.  11:601-602. 

1979.  Registration  of  Cahaba  White,  Vantage,  Nova  II,  and 
Vanguard  vetch.  Crop  Sci.  19:414. 

1981.  Registration  of  AU  Lotan  sericea  lespedeza.  Crop 
Sci.  21:474. 

Donnelly,  E.  D.,  and  Minton,  N.  A. 

1979.  Registration  of  Serala  76  and  Interstate  76  sericea 
lespedeza.  Crop  Sci.  19:929. 

Forbes,  Ian,  Jr.;  Burton,  Glenn  W. ; and  Wells,  Homer  D. 

1964.  Registration  of  Blanco  blue  lupine.  Crop  Sci.  4:448. 
Forbes,  Ian,  and  Wells,  Homer  D. 

1967.  Registration  of  Rancher  blue  lupine.  Crop  Sci.  7:278. 
Forbes,  Ian;  Wells,  H.  D. ; Edwardson,  J.  R. ; Burns,  R.  E.;  and 
Dobson,  J.  W. 

1970.  Registration  of  Frost  blue  lupine.  Crop  Sci.  10:726. 


53 


Gibson,  P. 
1973. 

Gibson,  P. 

J.  T. 

1971. 


Gibson,  P. 
1969. 

Gibson,  P. 

1969. 

Gibson,  P. 
1975. 

Henry , D . S 
1981. 

Hollowell, 

1951. 

1953. 

1958. 

1960. 

Hoveland,  C 
1967. 

Johnson,  W. 

1970. 


B. 

Registration  of  SC-1  white  clover  germplasm.  Crop 
Sci.  13:131. 

B.;  Barnett,  0.  W. ; Chen,  Chi-Chang;  and  Gillingham, 


Interspecific  hybridization  of  Trifolium  unif lorum 
L.  with  T”.  occidentale  D.  Coombe  and  with  _T.  repens 
L.  Proc.  Assn,  of  So.  Agric.  Workers.  (Abstr.) 
Feb.  1-3,  Jacksonville,  Fla. 

B.,  and  Beinhart,  G. 

Hybridization  of  Trifolium  occidentale  with  two 
other  species  of  clover.  J.  Hered.  60(2): 93-96. 

B.;  Beinhart,  George;  and  Halpin,  J.  E. 

Registration  of  Tillman  white  clover.  Crop  Sci.  9: 
522. 

B.,  and  Chen,  Chi-Chang. 

Registration  of  SC-2  and  SC-3  clover  germplasms. 
Crop  Sci.  15:605-606. 

. , and  Taylor,  N.  L . 

Registration  of  ’Appalow'  sericea  lespedeza.  Crop 
Sci.  21:144. 


E.  A. 

Registration  of  varieties  and  strains  of  red  clover 
II.  Agron.  J.  43:242. 

Registration  of  varieties  and  strains  of  crimson 
clover,  I.  Agron.  J.  45:318-320. 

Registration  of  varieties  and  strains  of  white 
clover  (T.  repens) . Agron.  J.  50:692. 

Registration  of  varieties  and  strains  of  crimson 
clover,  II.  Agron.  J.  52:407. 

. S. 


Registration  of  Yuchi  arrowleaf  clover.  Crop  Sci. 
7:80. 


C. ; Donnelly,  E.  D.;  and  Gibson,  P.  B. 
Registration  of  Regal  white  clover.  Crop  Sci. 
10:208. 


Knight,  W.  E. 

1972.  Registration  of  Tibbee  crimson  clover.  Crop  Sci. 
12:126. 

Knight,  W.  E.;  Ahlrich,  V.  E;  and  Byrd,  Morris. 

1969.  Registration  of  Meechee  arrowleaf  clover.  Crop  Sci 
9:393. 

Kretschmer,  A.  E.,  Jr.;  Brolmann,  J.  B.;  Snyder,  G.  H.;  and 
Coleman,  S.  W. 

1982.  Registration  of  ’Florida’  carpon  desmodium.  Crop 
Sci.  22:158-159. 

Massey,  J.  G. 

1966.  Preliminary  evaluations  of  some  introductions  of 
Persian  clover  (Trifolium  resupinatum  L.).  Ga. 
Agric.  Exp.  Stn.  Bull.  (N.S.)  180,  14  pp. 

Miller,  John  D.,  and  Wells,  Homer  D. 

1981.  Registration  of  Tifhardy-1  Desmodium  canum  germ- 
plasm.  Crop  Sci.  21:476. 


54 


1983a.  Registration  of  Bicolor-1  lupine  germplasm.  Crop 
Sci.  23:189. 

1983b.  Registration  of  Tift-1  hyacinth  bean  germplasm. 
Crop  Sci.  23:190-191. 

Nichols,  R.  L.;  Minton,  N.  A.;  Knight,  W.  E.;  and  Moore,  W.  F. 
1981.  Meloidoyne  incognita  on  arrowleaf  clover.  Nemo- 
tropica  ll:No.  2.  191-192. 

Offutt,  M.  S. 

1971.  Registration  of  Hope  white  lupine.  Crop  Sci.  11: 
602. 


Taylor  N.  L. 


1979. 

1982. 

Taylor,  N. 
1973. 

Taylor,  N. 
1982. 

Taylor,  N. 
1978a. 

1978b. 

Templeton, 

1975. 

Weihing,  R. 


Registration  of  red  clover  introduction  bulk  germ- 
plasm. Crop  Sci.  19:564. 

Registration  of  gene  marker  germplasm  for  red 
clover.  Crop  Sci.  22:1269. 

L.,  and  Anderson,  M.  K. 

Registration  of  Kenstar  red  clover.  Crop  Sci.  13: 
772. 

L.;  Cornelius,  P.  L.;  and  Sigafus,  R.  E. 

Registration  of  KY  M-l  zigzag  clover  germplasm. 

Crop  Sci.  22:1278-1279. 

L.,  and  Quesenberry,  K.  H. 

Registration  of  Trifolium  medium  x T^.  sarosiense 
hybrid  germplasm.  Crop  Sci.  18:1102. 

Registration  of  Trifolium  sarosiense  x 4X  _T. 
alpestre  hybrid  germplasm.  Crop  Sci.  18:1102. 

W.  E.,  Jr.,  and  Taylor,  N»  L. 

Performance  of  bigflower  vetch  seeded  into  bermuda- 
grass  and  tall  fescue  swards.  Agron.  J.  67:709-712. 
M. 


1962.  Selecting  persian  clover  for  hard  seed.  Crop  Sci. 


2:381-382. 

Wells,  Homer,  D. ; Forbes,  Ian,  Jr.;  Burns,  Robert;  and  Miller, 
John  D. 

1980a.  Registration  of  Tifblue-78  blue  lupine.  Crop  Sci. 
20:824. 

Wells,  Homer  D.;  Forbes,  Ian;  Burns,  Robert;  Miller,  John  D.; 
and  Dobson,  Jim. 

1980b.  Registration  of  Tifwhite-78  white  lupine.  Crop  Sci. 
20:824. 

Wells,  Homer  D. , and  Miller,  John  D. 

1981.  Registration  of  WH-1  blue  lupine  germplasm.  Crop 
Sci.  21:992. 


55 


Forage  Plant  Resources 


FORAGE  ATTRIBUTES  FOR  IMPROVED  ANIMAL  PERFORMANCE 
H . Lippke 

Texas  Agricultural  Experiment  Station 


Most  forage  species  will  provide  at  least  moderate  levels  of 
nutrition  to  ruminants  during  brief  periods  of  the  growing  sea- 
son. The  objective  of  breeding  and  management  research  is  to 
improve  those  characteristics  that  will  increase  both  rate  of 
animal  production  and  the  length  of  time  when  a high  rate  of 
production  can  be  achieved.  Of  the  six  classes  of  nutrients 
required  in  balanced  supply  by  animals,  carbohydrates  and  pro- 
teins are  of  major  economic  concern  for  forage  diets.  Minerals, 
vitamins,  and  water  can  be  supplemented  at  relatively  low  cost. 
Essential  lipids,  like  the  B vitamins,  appear  to  be  provided  by 
rumen  microorganisms  in  sufficient  quantity  to  all  but  the 
youngest  ruminants.  Attention,  therefore,  centers  on  the  sup- 
ply of  energy-yielding  compounds,  primarily  carbohydrates,  and 
nitrogenous  compounds,  primarily  protein,  and  the  influence  of 
plant  structure  on  their  concentration  and  availability. 

The  work  of  Weston  and  Hogan  (1968)  indicates  that  the  concen- 
tration of  dietary  protein  needed  by  rumen  microorganisms  for 
maximum  rumen  function  may  be  as  low  as  6%,  a value  much  lower 
than  that  needed  by  the  host  animal  when  producing  at  even  mod- 
erate levels.  In  the  great  majority  of  forages,  however,  it  is 
energy  availability  and  not  protein  that  first  limits  animal 
performance.  The  exceptions  include  stored  forages  having  a 
high  grain  content . 

Figure  1 outlines  the  characteristics  of  plant  structure  that 
bear  upon  digestible  energy  intake.  Rate  of  fermentation  in 
the  rumen  and  rate  of  passage  of  undigested  residues  from  the 
rumen  regulate  intake  through  their  effect  on  chemical  satiety 
and  gut  fill  (Ellis,  1978;  Forbes,  1980;  Lippke,  1980).  Extent 
of  digestion  has  its  obvious  effect  on  gut  fill  and,  therefore, 
on  intake.  The  relationships  between  extent  of  digestion  and 
rate  of  fermentation  or  rate  of  passage  are  usually  positive. 
When  plant  structure  is  such  that  normal  processing  (i.e., 
grazing  and  chewing)  results  in  smaller  particles,  rate  of 
fermentation  increases  more  than  rate  of  passage  and  extent  of 


56 


INTAKE  EXTENT  OF  DIGESTION 


57 


digestion  increases.  Mechanical  grinding,  on  the  other  hand, 
commonly  increases  rate  of  passage  more  than  rate  of  fermenta- 
tion, and  extent  of  digestion  declines  (Hogan  and  Weston,  1967). 

Rate  of  fermentation  is  strongly  influenced  by  the  proportion 
of  soluble  carbohydrates  in  forages  and  the  composition  of 
structural  carbohydrates,  also  called  cell  wall  constituents 
(CWC) . Fermentation  of  neutral  detergent  solubles  is  very 
rapid  (Gray  et  al.,  1967)  and  almost  complete  (Van  Soest,  1967). 
CWC,  represented  analytically  by  neutral  detergent  fiber  (NDF) 
(Van  Soest  and  Wine,  1967),  have  a much  slower  fermentation 
rate  that  is  influenced  primarily  by  the  degree  of  structural 
fragility  and,  hence,  particle  size  (Laredo  and  Minson,  1973). 
Paradoxically,  rate  of  fermentation  of  solubles  can  sometimes 
be  too  fast,  as  with  very  immature  ryegrass,  resulting  in  a 
disruption  of  rumen  function,  and  severely  reduced  intake 
(Lippke,  1982).  A minimum  of  about  10%  indigestible  fiber 
appears  to  be  needed  in  the  diet  for  maximum  digestible  energy 
intake  (Lippke,  1982),  presumably  to  help  buffer  the  rapid 
release  of  acids  that  accompany  a high  fermentation  rate  (Van 
Soest , 1982)  . 

The  structural  components  of  forages  appear  to  be  fermented  at 
variable  rates.  Akin  and  Burdick  (1975)  reported  that  both 
mesophyll  and  phloem  tissues  were  rapidly  and  totally  degraded 
by  in  vitro  rumen  fermentation  within  12  hr  while  outer  bundle- 
sheath  cells  and  noncutinized  portions  of  epidermis  were  de- 
graded more  slowly.  Sclerenchyma  and  lignified  vascular  tissue 
were  not  degraded.  Akin  et  al.  (1975)  also  reported  that  acid 
detergent  removed  approximately  the  same  tissues  from  Coastal 
bermudagrass  leaves  as  did  in  vitro  fermentation.  These  obser- 
vations agree  with  the  report  by  Lippke  (1980)  indicating  a 
high  positive  correlation  between  hemicellulose  : cellulose  and 
NDF  intake,  where  hemicellulose  = (NDF  - ADF) . A higher  pro- 
portion of  rapidly  digested  fiber,  as  indicated  by  a higher 
hemicellulose  : cellulose  ratio,  should  correlate  well  with  in- 
creased rate  of  passage  from  the  rumen  and  increased  NDF  intaka 

The  polyphenolic  polymers,  commonly  referred  to  as  lignin, 
within  the  plant  cell  wall  appear  to  be  responsible  for  the 
limitation  of  intake  of  most  forages,  both  by  their  effect  on 
extent  of  digestion  and  on  fragility.  Lignin  has  commonly  been 
thought  to  exert  its  inhibitory  action  by  preventing  the 
physical  attachment  of  rumen  bacteria  to  the  cell  wall 
(Dehority  and  Johnson,  1961).  Alternatively,  Bacon  (1979)  has 
suggested  that  the  structure  of  indigestible  fiber  is  composed 
of  a highly  substituted  polysaccharide  chain  having  covalent 
linkages  to  lignin  and  that  digestive  enzymes  cannot  proceed 
past  such  linkages  along  the  chain.  Work  is  underway  now  to 
determine  whether  or  not  lignin  has  an  inhibitory  action  on 
rumen  microorganisms  independent  of  its  direct  effect  on  utili- 
zation of  plant  fiber  (D.E.  Akin,  personal  communication). 


58 


The  "ideal"  forage  for  high  animal  performance  can  be  summariz- 
ed as  having  34%  neutral  detergent  solubles  (half  of  that  pro- 
tein) , 54%  potentially  digestible  fiber  having  a fermentation 
rate  of  .4  hr-1,  and  12%  indigestible  fiber,  which  includes  3% 
lignin.  For  warm-season  grasses,  significant  progress  toward 
this  ideal  can  be  made  by  bringing  NDF  down  to  60%  and  then 
selecting  for  increased  mesophyll  and  phloem  within  the  struc- 
tural carbohydrates.  Some  improvements  might  also  be  made  in 
many  cool-season  species  by  increasing  NDF  while  reducing  lig- 
nin. Researchers  in  forage  improvement  should  be  encouraged  by 
the  substantial  gains  in  animal  performance  that  can  be  achiev- 
ed with  relatively  small  changes  in  structure  of  most  forage 
species . 


While  not  included  in  this  paper,  such  agronomic  factors  as 

growth  habit  and  persistence  under  grazing  are  regarded  as 

being  at  least  of  equal  importance  to  those  topics  discussed. 

REFERENCES 

Akin,  D.  E.;  Barton,  F.  E.,  II:  and  Burdick,  D. 

1975.  Scanning  electron  microscopy  of  Coastal  bermuda  and 
Kentucky-31  tall  fescue  extracted  with  neutral  and 
acid  detergents.  J.  Agric.  Food  Chem.  23:924. 

Akin,  D.  E.,  and  Burdick,  D. 

1975.  Percentage  of  tissue  types  in  tropical  and  temper- 
ate grass  leaf  blades  and  degradation  of  tissues  by 
rumen  microorganisms.  Crop  Sci.  15:661. 

Bacon,  J.  S.  D. 

1979.  Plant  cell  wall  digestibility  and  chemical  struc- 
ture. Studies  in  Anim.  Nutr.  and  Allied  Sciences. 
Rowett  Research  Institute.  35:99. 

Dehor ity,  A.,  and  Johnson,  R. 

1961.  Effect  of  particle  size  upon  the  in  vitro  cellulose 
digestibility  of  forages  by  rumen  bacteria.  J. 
Dairy  Sci.  44:2242. 

Ellis,  W.  C. 

1978.  Determinants  of  grazed  forage  intake  and  digesti- 
bility. J.  Dairy  Sci.  61:1828. 

Forbes,  J.  M. 

1980.  A model  of  the  short-term  control  of  feeding  in  the 
ruminant:  Effect  of  changing  animal  or  feed 
characteristics.  Appetite  1:21. 

Gray,  F.  V.;  Weller,  R.  A.;  Pilgrim,  A.  F.:  and  Jones,  G.  B. 

1967.  Rates  of  production  of  volatile  fatty  acids  in  the 
rumen.  V.  Evaluation  of  fodders  in  terms  of 
volatile  fatty  acid  produced  in  the  rumen  of  sheep. 
Aust.  J.  Agric.  Res.  18:625-634. 


59 


Hogan,  J. 
1967. 


Laredo,  M. 
1973. 


Lippke,  H. 
1980. 


Lippke,  H. 
1982. 

Van  Soest, 
1967. 


Van  Soest, 
1982. 

Van  Soest, 
1967. 


Weston,  R. 
1968. 


P.,  and  Weston,  R.  H. 

The  digestion  of  chopped  and  ground  roughages  by 
sheep.  II.  The  digestion  of  nitrogen  and  some 
carbohydrate  fractions  in  the  stomach  and  intes- 
tines. Aust.  J.  Agric.  Res.  18:803-819. 

A.,  and  Minson,  D.  J. 

The  voluntary  intake,  digestibility,  and  retention 
time  by  sheep  of  leaf  and  stem  fractions  of  five 
grasses.  Aust.  J.  Agric.  Res.  24:875-888. 

Forage  characteristics  related  to  intake,  digesti- 
bility and  gain  by  ruminants.  J.  Anim.  Sci. 
50:952. 

Indigestible  fiber  and  diet  selection  by  yearling 
cattle.  Tex.  Agric.  Expt.  Sta.  PR-3949. 

P.  J. 

Development  of  a comprehensive  system  of  feed 
analysis  and  its  application  to  forages.  J.  Anim. 
Sci.  26:119. 

Peter  J. 

Nutritional  Ecology  of  the  Ruminant . 0 & B Books, 

Inc.,  Corvallis,  Oregon,  p.  38. 

P.  J.,  and  Wine,  R.  H. 

Use  of  detergents  in  the  analysis  of  fibrous  feeds 
IV.  Determination  of  plant  cell-wall  constituents 
J.  Assoc.  Official  Anal.  Chem.  50:50. 

H.,  and  Hogan,  J.  P. 

Factors  limiting  the  intake  of  feed  by  sheep.  IV. 
The  intake  and  digestion  of  mature  ryegrass.  Aust 
J.  Agr.  Res.  19:567. 


60 


Panel  Discussion:  Data  Required  Before  Releasing  Forages. 
What  Kind  and  How  Much? 


THE  NEED  FOR  ANIMAL  TRIALS 

D.  A.  Sleper  and  F.  A.  Martz,  University  of  Missouri, 
and  A.  G.  Matches  and  J.  R.  Forwood, 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 


One  of  the  limitations  in  many  forage  breeding  programs  is  the 
inability  to  identify,  during  the  course  of  cultivar  develop- 
ment, plant  materials  that  would  lead  to  improved  animal  pro- 
ductivity • Many  forage  breeding  programs  simply  do  not  have 
the  resources  to  evaluate  selected  materials  with  animals. 

Those  forage  improvement  programs  that  have  the  resources  for 
animal  evaluation  will  often  use  animal  evaluation  as  a last 
step  prior  to  release.  It  is  desirable  to  have  animal  perfor- 
mance data  prior  to  release  of  the  new  cultivar. 

PHASES  OF  EVALUATION 

At  the  University  of  Missouri,  we  have  made  a commitment  to 
evaluate  new  tall  fescue  and  orchardgrass  synthetics  with  graz- 
ing animals  prior  to  release.  The  forage  grass  breeding  pro- 
cedure is  directed  into  several  phases : 

Phase  I.  Plant  introduction.  Plants  are  obtained  from  various 
sources  such  as  plant  introduction  stations,  plant  breeders, 
local  collections,  crosses,  and  cultivars. 

Phase  II.  Identify  desirable  traits  and  genetic  variability. 

Objectives  of  what  trait (s)  is  (are)  desirable  in  the  new  cul- 
tivar is  (are)  established.  The  amount  and  kind  of  genetic 
variability  is  determined  to  make  an  intelligent  decision  re- 
garding the  choice  of  the  breeding  procedure  to  incorporate  the 
traits . 

Phase  III.  Plant  development.  The  breeding  procedure  selected 
is  used  to  improve  the  trait (s)  chosen  in  Phase  II.  The  new 
synthetic (s)  is  (are)  developed. 

Phase  IV.  Small  plot  evaluation.  During  this  phase  we  can 
determine  what  the  influence  of  environmental  variables  such  as 
fertility,  locations,  weather,  insects,  diseases,  management. 


61 


compatibility  with  legumes,  etc.,  have  on  the  new  synthetics. 

If  more  than  one  synthetic  is  evaluated,  the  best  ones  are 
chosen  for  animal  evaluation  trials. 

Phase  V.  Seed  increase.  It  is  necessary  to  increase  the 
amount  of  seed  of  the  new  synthetic  so  that  grazing  trials  can 
be  established. 

Phase  VI.  Animal  evaluation.  Animal  performance  is  used  to 
evaluate  the  new  synthetic (s) . At  the  University  of  Missouri, 
animal  performance  is  usually  evaluated  with  grazing  trials  and 
in  some  instances  feeding  trials  with  hay. 

Phase  VII.  Release  and  increase  of  seed. 

Do  all  potential  forage  cultivars  need  to  have  animal  data  prior 
to  release?  The  answer  to  this  question  is  not  immediately 
apparent.  For  example,  one  might  conclude  in  developing  a cul- 
tivar  for  only  higher  seed  yields  that  animal  evaluation  may 
not  be  necessary.  This  is  a dangerous  assumption  since  the 
breeder  may  not  be  aware  of  changes  in  plant  composition  such 
as  antiquality  factors,  mineral  concentrations,  etc.,  that 
may  have  an  influence  on  animal  performance.  Also,  if  resis- 
tance for  pathogens  and  insects  is  bred  into  a cultivar,  the 
factors  responsible  for  conditioning  this  resistance  may  also 
influence  animal  performance.  For  example,  phenolic  compounds 
have  been  reported  to  be  synthesized  by  the  host  in  response  to 
fungal  infection  (Swain  et  al.,  1979)  and  have  been  reported  to 
be  antibacterial  agents.  It  is  conceivable  that  these  antibac- 
terial agents  could  influence  animal  performance.  Certainly, 
if  the  breeding  objective  for  a cultivar  is  the  improvement  of 
a particular  quality  parameter,  animal  performance  data  are 
essential . 

ANIMAL  EVALUATION  TRIALS  WITH  TALL  FESCUE 

Under  grazing,  differences  in  animal  gain  among  forage  treat- 
ments are  a function  of  the  amount  of  herbage  available,  its 
nutritive  value,  and  the  amount  consumed  by  animals  (Matches 
et  al. , 1983) . To  evaluate  the  forage  quality  of  potential 
cultivars,  herbage  allowance  per  animal  must  be  uniform  among 
all  treatments. 

A grazing  experiment  was  initiated  in  1974  to  compare  a new 
University  of  Missouri  tall  fescue  synthetic  (experimental 
1-96  and  later  released  as  'Missouri-96')  with  four  other  tall 
fescue  strains.  The  primary  objectives  of  the  experiment  were 
to  determine  if  differences  in  animal  performance  could  be  de- 
tected among  tall  fescue  synthetics  using  relatively  small  pas- 
tures, and  to  identify  factors  associated  with  differences  in 
animal  performance. 

Five  tall  fescue  synthetics,  namely  ' Kentucky- 31 ' , 'Kenmont', 
'Fawn',  'Kenhy',  and  Missouri-96,  were  seeded  into  0.47-ha  pas- 


62 


tures  at  the  University  of  Missouri's  Southwest  Research  Center. 
The  experimental  design  was  a randomized  complete  block  with 
three  replications. 

Hereford  heifers  which  averaged  225  and  204  kg  live  weight  at 
the  start  of  grazing  in  1974  and  1975,  respectively,  were  used 
as  testers.  Grazing  periods  were  approximately  of  40  days'  dur- 
ation each  for  separate  evaluations  during  the  spring,  summer, 
and  fall.  Pastures  were  grazed  by  three  tester  animals  in  the 
spring  and  fall  and  by  two  testers  during  the  summer.  Individ- 
ual testers  grazed  the  same  cultivar  all  season,  and  between 
periods  of  evaluation,  they  grazed  the  same  cultivar  in  a re- 
serve pasture. 

All  pastures  were  strip  grazed  and  stocked  at  the  same  grazing 
pressure.  Therefore,  the  amount  of  herbage  allowance  was  equaL 
The  same  herbage  allowance  was  maintained  by  adjusting  with 
electrical  fences  the  area  grazed  dependent  upon  the  amount  of 
herbage  available.  The  animals  were  allowed  to  graze  each 
strip  7-10  days.  Cattle  were  alloted  (disregarding  sward 
growth)  a daily  amount  of  herbage  dry  matter  equivalent  to  2.5% 
of  their  body  weight.  Weekly  pasture  samplings  recorded  the 
amount  of  herbage  available  before  grazing  and  the  amount  of 
residue  herbage  remaining  after  grazing.  No  grain  was  fed  in 
these  pastures,  but  mineral  and  salt  were  available. 

Significant  differences  were  found  (P  < 0.05)  in  heifer  average 
daily  gains  (ADG)  among  cultivars  in  the  spring  and  fall  for 
both  years  (Table  1) . However,  no  significant  differences  were 
detected  among  cultivars  for  the  summer  period.  The  ADG's  on 
Kenhy  and  MO-96  were  over  40%  greater  than  ADG  on  Ky-31  which 
is  the  cultivar  most  commonly  grown  in  the  southern  corn  belt. 
Herbage  yield  was  significantly  different  (P  < 0.05)  among  cul- 
tivars on  a per  ha  basis  in  the  spring  and  fall,  but  not  during 
the  summer. 


Table  1. — Mean  average  daily  gain  (ADG)  of  heifers  and  estimated 
herbage  intake  on  tall  fescue  cultivars  in  1975-76 

„ Spring  Summer  Fall 

Cultivar  - — 

ADG  Intake  ADG  Intake  ADG  Intake 

kg/day 


Kenhy 

0.74 

3.95 

0.34 

5.88 

0.65 

6.06 

Kenmont 

0.50 

4.02 

0.27 

5.54 

0.44 

5.95 

MO- 9 6 

0.71 

4.04 

0.24 

6.00 

0.62 

5.75 

Fawn 

0.48 

4.11 

0.30 

5.68 

0.45 

5.90 

Ky-31 

0.51 

3.96 

0.18 

5.54 

0.45 

5.76 

Significance 

"k  : k 

ns 

ns 

ns 

* 

ns 

Std.  error 

0.04 

0.14 

0.05 

0.13 

0.06 

0.17 

*,  **  Significant  at  the  5 and  1%  level  of  probability, 
respectively. 


63 


Intake  was  estimated  by  the  difference  between  the  herbage 
available  at  the  start  of  grazing  less  the  amount  of  residue 
remaining  after  grazing.  In  no  case  were  there  differences 
(P  <0.05)  for  intake  among  cultivars,  and  correlations  between 
ADG  and  intake  were  low  (r  = 0.11  to  0.57) . Weekly  sward  meas- 
urements confirmed  that  there  were  no  differences  among  culti- 
vars for  rate  of  growth. 

We  do  not  know  for  certain  why  Kenhy  and  MO-96  have  given  su- 
perior ADG's.  Quality  analysis  has  shown  in  most  cases  that 
in  vitro  dry  matter  digestibility  (IVDMD)  is  about  the  same  for 
all  cultivars  tested.  Occasionally,  Kenhy  will  have  higher 
IVDMD  than  Ky-31  or  MO-96;  however,  it  usually  is  not  statisti- 
cally significant.  Neutral  detergent  fiber,  acid  detergent 
fiber,  hemicellulose,  lignin,  cellulose,  ash,  and  silica  deter- 
minations have  given  little  insight  as  well  in  explaining  the 
ADG  differences.  Intake  studies  using  hay  showed  slight  in- 
creases for  MO-96  as  compared  to  Kenhy,  Fawn,  Kenmont,  and  Ky- 
31  (Martz  et  al. , 1975). 

ANIMAL  EVALUATION  TRIALS  WITH  ORCHARDGRASS 

Two  orchardgrass  synthetics  selected  for  general  resistance  to 
the  stem  rust  pathogen  Puccinia  graminis  Pers.  f . sp.  dactyli- 
dis  Guyot  de  Massinot  were  evaluated  in  replicated  grazing 
trials  similar  to  what  was  described  for  tall  fescue  earlier. 
The  grazing  trial  was  conducted  in  the  fall  of  1982  and  lasted 
42  days.  Average  daily  gains  ranged  from  0.68  to  1.02  kg/day 
(Table  2).  MO-I  and  MO-II  had  the  highest  ADG's  and  gains/ha. 
The  coefficient  of  variation  for  both  ADG  and  gain/ha  was  10.4%. 

Histological  studies  conducted  by  Edwards  et  al.  (1981)  may  ex- 
plain the  differences  in  ADG  of  the  orchardgrass  synthetics. 
Figure  1 contains  the  cross  section  of  an  orchardgrass  leaf 
blade  infected  by  ]?.  graminis . The  cross  section  was  stained 


Table  2. — Mean  average  daily  gains  (ADG)  initial  weights,  final 
weights  and  gain/ha  of  steers  on  orchardgrass  synthetics 
evaluated  in  the  fall  of  1982 


Synthetics74 

Measurement 

MO-I 

MO-II  Hallmark 

Potomac 

Sterling 

Initial  weight 


(kg) 

Final  weight 

209  a 

209  a 

204  a 

209  a 

208  a 

(kg) 

250  a 

252  a 

240  ab 

244  ab 

237  b 

ADG  (kg/day) 

0.98  ab 

1.02  a 

0.85  abc 

0.83  be 

0.68  c 

Gain/ha  (kg) 

310  ab 

325  a 

268  abc 

268  abc 

212  c 

Numbers  followed  by  the  same  letter  are  not  significantly 
different  at  the  0.05  level  as  evaluated  by  the  Duncan's 
Multiple  Range  Test. 


64 


Fig.  1. — Cross  section  through  a pustule  of  P_.  graminis  f.  sp. 
in  an  undigested  orchardgrass  leaf  blade. 


in  saf ranin-fast  green.  Urediospores  showed  a positive  stain- 
ing for  lignin  and  easily  identified  the  underlying  plant 
tissues  in  which  mycelium  occurred.  The  epidermal  layer  had 
ruptured  during  sporulation  and  was  separated  intact  from  the 
underlying  mesophyll  cells.  When  the  infected  tissue  was  placed 
in  rumen  fluid  and  later  examined  histologically,  there  was 
a lack  in  the  amount  of  tissue  digested  as  compared  to  the 
non-inf ected  control  (Fig.  2) . The  lack  of  digestion  was  not 
limited  to  tissues  adjacent  to  uredia,  but  could  be  observed  in 
tissues  some  distance  away.  This  gives  good  evidence  that  this 
infected  tissue  is  not  digested  and  one  may  speculate  that  this 
would  give  lower  animal  performance. 

It  appears  that  the  magnitude  of  ADG  can  be  attributed  to  the 
level  of  infection  by  P_.  graminis . MO-I  and  MO-II  had  the 
least  amount  of  infection  while  Sterling  had  the  most. 

In  summary,  animal  trials  are  necessary  before  the  release  of 
forage  grass  cultivars.  The  kind  and  amount  of  animal  data 
depends  upon  the  species  and  upon  the  objectives  for  releasing 
a cultivar.  Our  objective  was  to  release  a cultivar  with  im- 
proved forage  quality.  Therefore,  conducting  grazing  trials 
where  the  grazing  pressure  was  constant  was  essential.  We  also 
feel  that  more  than  one  location  is  desirable  and  that  grazing 
experiments  should  be  conducted  for  2 or  3 years. 


65 


REFERENCES 


Edwards,  M.  T. , Sleper,  D.  A.,  and  Loegering,  W.  Q. 

1981.  Histology  of  healthy  and  diseased  orchardgrass 
leaves  subjected  to  digestion  in  rumen  fluids. 

Crop  Sci.  21:341-343. 

Martz,  F.  A.,  Bell,  S. , Mitchell,  M. , Matches,  A.  G. , and 

Sleper,  D.  A. 

1975.  Advanced  fescue  evaluation  studies--a  team  research 
project.  p.  12-17.  University  of  Missouri  South- 
west Research  Center  Report  177,  University  of 
Missouri,  Columbia,  MO. 

Matches,  A.  G. , Martz,  F.  A.,  Sleper,  D.  A.,  and  Belyea,  R.  L. 

1983.  Grazing  techniques  for  evaluating  quality  of  forage 
cultivars  in  small  pastures,  p.  514-516.  Proc. 

XIV  Inter.  Grassld.  Congr. , Lexington,  KY. 

Swain,  T. , Haeborne,  J.  B. , and  Van  Sumere,  C.  F. 

1979.  Biochemistry  of  plant  phenolics.  In  F.  A.  Lowens 
and  V.  C.  Runeckles  (ed. ) . Recent  advances  in 
phytochemistry.  Vol.  12.  Plenum  Press,  New  York. 


Fig.  2.  Cross  section  through  a pustule  of  IP.  graminis  f.  sp. 
dactylis  in  an  orchardgrass  leaf  blade  after  48  hours  of 
digestion.  Note  lack  of  digestion  in  area  associated 
with  the  infection. 


66 


Panel  Discussion;  Data  Required  Before  Releasing  Forages. 

What  Kind  and  How  Much? 


USDA’S  PRACTICE  AT  TIFTON,  GA. 

Glenn  W.  Burton  and  Warren  G.  Monson 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 


At  Tifton  we  have  usually  required  a new  cultivar  to  be  equal 
to  those  in  use  in  most  traits  and  superior  in  one  or  more 
important  traits  such  as  yield  or  quality.  This  requires  that 
selectionswith  potential  must  be  compared  in  various  tests 
with  checks  of  known  performance.  Their  breeding  behavior 
must  be  known.  Such  selections  must  be  tested  in  the  same 
form  as  the  cultivar  will  be  when  it  reaches  the  farm.  For 
example,  a 4-clone  synthetic  should  not  be  tested  in  the  Syn-1 
generation  unless  like  Gahi  1 pearl  millet  it  can  reach  the 
farm  in  the  Syn-1. 

Information  relative  to  a known  check  that  we  like  to  have 
about  a selection  before  it  is  released  as  a cultivar  may  be 
outlined  as  follows: 

1.  Area  of  adaptation 

2.  Dependability 

3.  Ease  of  establishment 

4.  Persistence  when  utilized  for  hay  or  pasture 

5.  Pest  resistance 

6 . Management  requirements 

7.  Yield  of  dry  matter  and  cow  matter 

8.  Quality  (palatability  and  digestibility) 

Selecting  the  top  forage  requires  precise  effective  screens 
for  forage  and  seed  yield,  cold  and  drought  tolerance,  and 
disease  and  insect  resistance.  Estimates  of  forage  quality 
that  correlate  well  with  animal  performance  are  needed  and 
have  been  supplied  in  our  work  with  Monson’ s IVDMD  test.  We 
believe  some  grazing  experience  is  desirable  for  every  new 
cultivar  that  differs  appreciably  from  a known  check.  Grazing 
experiments  can  supply  this  experience  and  may  give  differences 
that  are  statistically  significant  if  they  are  large  enough. 
Release  of  new  cultivars  should  not  be  held  up  until  complete 


67 


adaptation  information  is  available  but  enough  information 
relative  to  a check  of  known  performance  should  be  obtained  to 
suggest  where  a new  cultivar  can  be  successfully  grown. 

Because  potential  new  cultivars  are  frequently  little  better 
than  those  in  current  use  and  because  the  breeder's  greatest 
asset,  his  credibility,  is  at  stake  when  a new  cultivar  is 
released,  he  must  do  everything  possible  to  improve  the  preci- 
sion of  his  experimental  tests.  Soil  heterogeneity  in  a test 
field  can  nullify  the  results  of  any  cultivar  evaluation  test. 
To  avoid  this  problem  such  tests  should  be  placed  in  uniform 
fields  based  on  uniform  crop  performance. 

We  have  found  that  uniform  pre- cropping  with  legumes  such  as 
velvet  beans  or  soybeans  for  grass  tests  and  with  grasses  such 
as  pearl  millet  or  small  grains  for  legume  tests  is  good  prac- 
tice. Perfect  stands  of  the  precrops  is  a must  - otherwise 
they  can  do  more  harm  than  good. 

We  have  found  that  methyl  bromide  fumigation  is  a good  practice 
for  spaced  plant  and  small  plot  tests.  It  is  expensive!  Com- 
mercial application  at  Tifton  is  costing  $1,000  per  acre  in 
1983.  However,  it  eliminates  practically  all  weeds  and 
greatly  reduces  soil  borne  pests.  The  reduced  weeding  costs 
probably  cover  most  of  the  fumigation  cost.  More  important, 
however,  is  the  fact  that  fumigation  makes  the  soil  environ- 
ment more  uniform,  permits  rapid  establishment  of  seeded  plots 
and  makes  first  year  results  meaningful.  The  year  saved  pays 
big  dividends  on  the  investment. 

Machine  fertilization  can  be  more  uniform  than  hand  applica- 
tion if  the  best  machines  available  are  used  properly. 

We  have  found  that  lattice  square  designs  can  increase  the 
precision  of  some  yield  trials  a great  deal.  The  9x9 
balanced  lattice  square  test  that  we  have  used  for  testing  the 
yield  potential  of  experimental  pearl  millet  hybrids  has  on 
the  average  doubled  the  precision  of  our  tests.  With  the  com- 
puter analysis  of  the  data,  such  tests  involve  no  more  work  on 
the  part  of  the  breeder  than  randomized  block  experiments. 

Increased  yield  of  animal  product  is  usually  the  bottom  line 
in  any  forage  breeding  program.  Increased  pest  resistance,  if 
significant,  must  ultimately  result  in  increased  yield  of  cow 
matter  and  probably  dry  matter.  If  yield  can  be  increased  in 
the  presence  of  the  pests,  the  higher  yielding  plants  will 
probably  be  more  resistant  if  the  pests  are  affecting  yield 
appreciably.  The  forage  breeder  must,  therefore,  continually 
search  for  new  and  better  screens  for  forage  yield. 

Usually  spaced  plants  with  no  replication  must  be  screened 
first.  This  is  the  screen  that  must  identify  the  top  few 
plants  in  a population.  Improving  the  uniformity  of  every 


68 


step  from  the  seed  to  the  field  will  pay  dividends.  We  have 
our  best  technician  transplant  every  seedling  from  flats  to 
2- inch  clay  pots.  The  2-inch  pots  set  in  sand  on  a greenhouse 
bench  give  each  seedling  a uniform  environment  in  which  to 
develop.  When  large  enough  to  be  transplanted  without  loss  of 
stand,  the  plants  are  removed  from  the  pots  and  carefully  set 
in  our  most  uniform  fields  that  have  been  precropped  with 
velvet  beans  and  have  been  uniformly  prepared,  fertilized,  etc. 
With  all  of  this  and  more,  it  is  impossible  to  select  the 
highest  yielding  plant  in  such  plantings.  Hopefully,  a number 
of  the  highest  yielding  plants  can  be  selected  for  replicated 
small  plot  tests. 

With  our  perennial  grasses,  we  have  established  small  plot 
tests  with  clonal  material  that  we  usually  start  in  pots  in 
the  greenhouse  in  the  winter.  These  are  then  transplanted  in 
sufficient  numbers  to  small  plots  to  give  a coverage  of  a 
2-foot  wide  strip  before  the  first  season  is  over. 

In  some  of  our  bahiagrass  research,  we  are  interested  in  com- 
paring the  performance  of  different  2-clone  hybrids  in  clipped 
plots.  To  produce  enough  seed  for  seeded  plots  would  require 
at  least  one  additional  year  and  much  extra  work.  Twelve  seed- 
lings established  in  the  greenhouse  in  the  winter  and  set 
1-foot  apart  in  the  center  of  a plot  will  make  a sod  2-feet 
wide  before  the  season  is  over.  Sixty  seedlings  of  a cross 
can  give  5 replications  and  producing  so  few  hybrid  seeds  is 
easy.  We  have  just  concluded  a 3-year  clipping  test  with  10 
entries  with  seeded  plots  and  potted  plant  plots  side-by-side 
with  5 replications.  In  this  test,  the  potted-plant-plots 
established  faster,  yielded  more  the  first  2 years,  and  when 
correlated  with  seeded  plots  gave  r values  of  +.67,  +.73,  +.83 
and  +.93  for  the  1st,  2nd,  3rd,  and  3-year  average  yields.  We 
believe  such  potted-plant-plot  tests  can  be  satisfactory  for 
preliminary  screening.  Replicated  small  plot  tests  from 
direct  seeding  will  be  preferred  at  a later  date  when  more 
seed  is  available. 

We  like  the  spaced-plant  population  progress  (SPPP)  test  for 
assessing  progress  made  in  population  improvement  such  as  our 
RRPS  breeding  program  with  Pensacola  bahiagrass.  This  test  as 
we  have  developed  it  consists  of  single-spaced-plant  plots 
replicated  100  times.  The  test  is  established  from  100  potted 
seedlings  chosen  at  random  from  each  cycle  of  RRPS.  The 
spaced  seedlings  are  set  far  enough  apart  (.9  x .9  m)  to  per- 
mit them  to  express  their  yield  potential  the  first  year  with- 
out competition.  Yields  are  taken  twice.  Two  years  of  using 
this  test  indicate  that  it  maximizes  the  precision  per  plant 
tested  and  establishes  significant  mean  differences  not  evi- 
dent in  other  tests.  It  also  gives  the  relative  estimate  of 
the  genetic  variance  left  in  each  population,  information  of 
value  to  the  breeder  and  minimizes  the  land  and  resources 
required  for  the  test. 


69 


At  Tifton  promising  spaced  plants  of  b.ahiagrass  and  bermuda- 
grass  are  tested  in  replicated  small  plots  for  3 years.  Plot 
size  for  bahiagrass  is  3 x 16  feet  and  for  bermudagrass  is 
9 x 16  feet.  Tests  are  replicated  5 or  more  times.  Usually 
N at  200  lb/A/yr.  + P and  K are  applied  annually.  Green 
yields  are  taken  from  2 x 14  foot  plots  with  a sickle  bar 
mower  usually  5 times  per  season.  Forage  from  each  plot  is 
weighed  green  and  is  sampled  for  dry  matter  percentages.  These 
samples  are  later  ground  and  analyzed  for  IVDMD. 

The  following  outline  lists  steps  that  we  consider  very  impor- 
tant in  measuring  forage  quality.  A failure  at  any  step  can 
produce  misleading  results  worth  less  than  none  at  all. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

At  Tifton,  Georgia,  the  best  entries  in  clipped  plots  have 
usually  been  grazed  in  replicated  2-acre  pastures  with 
150  lbs/N/A/yr.  plus  P and  K for  3 years  before  release  to 
certified  growers. 

Region  of  adaptation  information  has  been  obtained  by  agrono- 
mists in  other  locations.  Outstanding  cultivars  at  Tifton 
have  usually  performed  well  at  similar  or  warmer  latitudes. 


Uniform  plant  growing  environment 
Uniform  management 
Uniform  age 
Representative  sam 
Uniform  drying  (70 
Active  rumen  fluid 
Precise  laboratory  procedures 
Careful  laboratory  technicians 
Replication 

Known  performance  checks 


gling 

C)  and  grinding 


70 


Panel  Discussion:  Data  Required  Before  Releasing  Forages. 

What  Kind  and  How  Much? 


FORAGE  QUALITY  ASSESSMENT:  IMPORTANT  FACTORS  FOR  PLANT 
BREEDERS  TO  CONSIDER 

S.  W.  Coleman 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 


INTRODUCTION 

The  importance  of  forage  quality  assessment  in  plant  breeding 
and  evaluation  programs  has  been  readily  recognized  in  the 
past  decade,  although  such  thoughts  may  have  been  somewhat 
heretical  in  the  early  1960's  (Johnson  1969).  Progress  has 
been  made  in  what  is  now  commonly  called  "mul tidiscipl ined" 
research  where  agronomists,  animal  scientists,  pest  managers 
and  economists  form  teams  to  attack  problems. 

Hodgson  (1981)  suggested  four  questions  to  be  asked  concern- 
ing breeding  and  evaluation  programs.  They  are: 

(a)  the  reliability  of  relatively  simple  assessment 
procedures  as  predictors  of  the  potential  value 
of  plant  material  for  animal  production, 

(b)  the  relevance  of  the  measurements  to  farming 
practice, 

(c)  the  most  effective  way  of  incorporating  the  alterna- 
tive procedures  into  a selection  program,  and 

(d)  the  resources  to  be  committed  to  the  various 
stages . 

Selection  criteria  usually  include  total  production,  nutri- 
tive value  of  the  forage  produced,  the  ability  to  establish 
easily,  to  withstand  climatic  stresses,  to  adapt  to  different 
management  systems,  to  resist  or  tolerate  pests  and  diseases, 
and  to  readily  produce  material  for  propagation  (Burton 
1970).  A successful  breeding  program  will  incorporate  many 
of  the  attributes  listed  above.  The  complexity  clearly  il- 
lustrates the  impossibility  of  selection  on  "increased  pro- 
duction" alone.  Certain  desirable  characteristics  are  known 
to  be  limiting  in  certain  species,  such  as  digestibility  in 
most  warm-season  perennial  grasses.  Breeding  for  improvement 
of  such  can  improve  animal  performance.  However,  concentra- 
tion on  a particular  trait  can  create  its  own  problems  such 
as  lack  of  persistence  under  grazing  among  more  digestible 


71 


varieties . 

The  emphasis  of  this  paper  involves  animal  consumption  and 
utilization  of  nutrients  contained  in  forages.  Though  defi- 
ciency of  any  one  of  the  many  nutrient  factors  required  by 
animals  may  limit  growth,  lactation  or  reproduction  to  some 
degree,  energy  is  the  nutrient  most  frequently  found  lacking 
in  forages.  Even  when  deficient,  most  other  nutrients  can 
usually  be  easily  and  economically  supplemented. 

FORAGE  OUALITY 

The  ultimate  assessment  of  forages  is  animal  production,  ei- 
ther production  per  animal  or  production  per  unit  of  land. 

The  nutritive  value  of  a feed  is  the  product  of  intake,  di- 
gestibility and  utilization  (Raymond  1968).  The  common  for- 
ages fed  to  ruminants  have  been  evaluated  much  more  exten- 
sively for  energy  content,  digestibility  and  even  utilization 
than  for  intake  (Waldo  1969).  Heaney  (1969)  suggested  that 
combining  digestibility  and  intake  into  a single  index  pro- 
vides a means  of  evaluating  the  feeding  value  of  forages  more 
effectively  than  the  evaluation  of  either  alone.  This  index, 
if  effective,  should  be  highly  correlated  with  average  daily 
gain.  Data  are  limited  concerning  this  relationship  though  a 
few  trials  give  reason  for  optimism  (Crampton  1957,  Lippke 
1980). 

When  using  digestible  energy  intake  (DEI)  as  an  index  for 
forage  quality,  the  relative  contribution  of  intake  and  di- 
gestibility are  not  the  same.  Milford  and  Minson  (1965) 
found  that  digestible  dry  matter  intake  (DDMI)  of  tropical 
grasses  was  more  correlated  with  intake  of  dry  matter  than 
its  digestibility.  Crampton  et  al . (1960)  reported  that  var- 
iations in  intake  accounted  for  70  percent  of  the  variability 
in  the  Nutritive  Value  Index.  Crampton  (1957),  Osbourn  et_ 
al . (1970)  and  Ventura  et  aj_.  (1975)  agreed  that  intake  is 

Tfie  more  important  factor  in  determining  quality,  but  intake 
of  a given  forage  is  more  variable  between  animals  than  is 
digestibility  (Blaxter  et  al . 1961,  Minson  et__a]_.  1964,  Heany 
_et_  _al_.  1968).  This  variation  among  animals  may  be  due  to  (1) 
animal  weight  (Heaney  1969);  (2)  fatness  (Bines  et  aJL  1969); 
(3)  physiological  rumen  volume  (Purser  and  Moir  T966 ) ; 
and/or  (4)  retention  time  of  organic  matter  in  the  rumen 
(Campling  et  al_.  1961,  Hungate  1966).  The  importance  of 
voluntary  intake  however  does  not  imply  that  digestibility  is 
not  important  in  determining  DEI  or  other  expressions  of 
quality.  Blaxter  _et  aj_.  (1961)  calculated  that  under  ad 
1 i bi turn  feeding  conditions,  a change  in  digestibility  of  DM 
from  50  to  55  percent  resulted  in  100  percent  increase  in 
weight  gain. 

Much  work  has  been  done  attempting  to  relate  chemical  compo- 


72 


sit  ion  of  forages  to  forage  quality.  Low  protein  content  has 
been  considered  the  limiting  factor  in  controlling  feed  in- 
take (Milford  and  Minson  1965).  However,  this  generally  oc- 
curs only  when  crude  protein  (CP)  content  of  the  forage  falls 
below  6-7%  of  the  DM  (Minson  and  Milford  1967).  Above  this 
"critical  level",  rumen  fill  is  considered  the  primary  deter- 
minant of  intake  in  ruminants  (Campling  et  al . 1961,  Conrad 
1966)  especially  with  lower  quality  forages  (Fig.  1).  When 
digestibility  reaches  65-70%,  then  control  of  intake  by  rumen 
capacity  yields  to  chemostatic  or  thermostatic  controls 
(Montgomery  and  Baumgardt  1965,  Blaxter  <et  aj_.  1961).  Since 
few  forages  have  digestibilities  in  this  range,  we  are  mostly 
concerned  with  rumen  distension  or  fill. 


Montgomery  and  Baumgardt  (1965) 


Figure  1.  Theoretical  relationship  between  nutritive  value 
(digestibility)  and  intake. 


73 


Basic  to  the  problem  of  using  cell  wall  constituents  (CWC) 
to  predict  forage  quality  is  the  fact  that  CWC,  or  any  other 
representative  of  the  fiber  portion,  fails  to  manifest  itself 
as  a nutrit ional ly  uniform  fraction  (Lucas  et_  al_.  1961).  In 
general,  ideal  fractions  are  either  completely  digestible  or 
essentially  indigestible  (Van  Soest  1969).  No  ideal  frac- 
tions exist  which  show  a partial  digestibility.  Perhaps 
physico-chemical  factors  such  as  encrustation,  1 ignif ication , 
crystal  1 inity  of  cellulose  and  the  organizational  structure 
of  the  forage  cell  wall  fraction  will  yield  some  insights  in- 
to the  determination  of  forage  quality.  Much  attention  has 
been  given  to  the  effects  of  physical  form  such  as  grinding 
and  pelleting  on  nutritive  value  and  animal  performance. 
Excellent  reviews  have  been  published  by  Minson  (1963), 

Putman  and  Davis  (1961),  Beardsley  (1964)  and  Moore  (1964). 

Several  factors  other  than  chemical  and/or  physical  proper- 
ties of  the  plant  are  involved  in  forage  intake  by  grazing 
animals.  Digestible  dry  matter  intake  can  be  quite  variable, 
especially  of  warm  season  or  tropical  grasses,  due  to  hetero- 
geneity of  the  sward,  seasonal  production  and  variation  in 
sward  or  canopy  structure  (Chacon  and  Stobbs  1976).  Rumi- 
nants have  an  enormous  task  of  harvesting  40-60  kg  of  fresh 
feed  daily  and  the  special  distribution  of  leaf  within  the 
sward  or  canopy  influences  the  ease  with  which  the  animal  can 
satisfy  its  appetite.  With  leafy  temperate  pastures,  animals 
can  consume  large  mouthfuls  and  can  satisfy  their  appetite 
rather  easily  in  6-8  hrs/day  (Stobbs  1973).  Cattle  graze 
warm  season  pastures  for  a longer  time  each  day  than  temper- 
ate pastures  even  when  large  quantities  of  herbage  are  avail- 
able for  grazing  (Stobbs  1974).  Time  available  for  grazing 
is  limited  by  need  for  rumination  and  other  factors.  Fur- 
thermore, rumination  time  is  longer  for  warm-season  forages 
than  for  temperate  forages.  Thus,  the  structure  of  the 
sward,  especially  the  verticle  leaf  density  and  its  ease  of 
prehension  become  important  factors  to  consider  if  the  new 
release  is  to  be  used  primarily  for  grazing. 

TECHNIQUES 

Reid  (1966)  in  a review  discussed  the  "state  of  the  art"  of 
forage  evaluation.  At  that  time,  in  vitro  fermentation  pro- 
cedures were  gaining  acceptance  for  estimating  digestibility 
and  Van  Soest  had  completed  his  series  of  articles  describing 
chemical  fractionation  of  feeds.  No  laboratory  technique  was 
available  for  adequately  estimating  intake.  Now,  seventeen 
years  later,  the  "state  of  the  art"  is  approximately  the 
same.  The  need  to  know  the  parameters  previously  discussed 
makes  necessary  a screening  technique  which  can  be  used  for 
many  samples.  It  must  be  fast,  routine,  require  very  small 
amounts  of  sample  and  precisely  predict  the  parameter  of 
i nterest . 


74 


The  cell  wall  fraction  constitutes  the  structural  part  of  the 
plant  and  is  the  least  digestible  and  most  slowly  digestible 
portion.  Thus,  it  determines  the  space-occupying  capacity  of 
a forage  or  feed  (Van  Soest  1965),  and  should  afford  the 
best  predictor  of  intake.  Van  Soest  (1965)  reported  results 
from  82  forages  (six  plant  species)  in  which  intake  was  cor- 
related with  various  chemical  components.  Total  correlations 
over  all  species  showed  CWC  to  be  best  related  (r=.65,  P<.01) 
to  intake.  Correlations  with  intake  of  all  components  (lig- 
nin, acid-detergent  fiber  (ADF),  protein  and  cellulose)  were 
similar  within  species  indicating  the  uniform  influence  of 
maturity  on  forage  quality.  However,  between  species  corre- 
lations were  more  variable.  Regression  analyses  indicated 
the  relationship  between  intake  and  CWC  was  curvilinear  with 
the  influence  of  CWC  being  markedly  depressed  when  CWC  con- 
stitutes less  than  50%  of  the  DM.  This  suggests  that  CWC, 
representing  the  total  fibrous  part  of  the  forage,  limited 
intake  when  the  proportion  of  these  constituents  increased  to 
more  than  55  to  60%  of  the  dry  matter.  These  relationships 
are  consistent  with  observations  regarding  the  existence  of  a 
point  in  the  intake-fiber  mass  relationship  where  fiber  mass 
ceases  to  affect  intake  (Conrad  _et  _al_.  1964,  Montgomery  and 
Baumgardt  1965). 

Digestibi 1 ity 


The  recognition  of  the  importance  of  the  digestibility  of  a 
given  forage  by  ruminants  led  to  development  of  the  two-stage 
in  vitro  technique  (Tilley  and  Terry  1963).  Application  of 
this  technique  has  enabled  systematic  studies  of  factors  in- 
fluencing digestibility  of  forages  such  as  variation  between 
species  and  varieties,  and  estimation  of  genotypic  variation 
and  heritabil ity.  The  improved  precision  and  acceptability 
of  the  technique  over  prediction  from  chemical  analyses 
(Table  1)  added  a whole  new  realm  of  selection  criteria  in 
breeding  programs.  Unfortunately,  the  technique  is  not  with- 
out flaws,  some  of  which  are  maintenance  of  a donor  animal, 
variability  in  the  potency  of  the  rumen  inoculum  from  run  to 
run,  and  interactions  across  some  species  due  to  different 
digestion  rates.  The  last  two  can  be  partially  overcome  by 
donor  diet  standardization  and  inclusion  of  standards  of 
known  in  vivo  digestibility. 

Two  techniques  have  been  used  which  have  theoretical  advan- 
tages over  the  typical  in  vitro  system.  Kapp  et_  _al_.  (1979) 
suggested  1 yoph i 1 i zed  rumen  fluid  as  an  alternative  to  fresh- 
ly removed  inoculum.  Their  results  showed  some  differences 
in  digestibility  among  sorghum  grain,  corn  grain  and  alfalfa 
hay.  However,  rank  in  digestibility  was  not  affected  by 
1 yoph i 1 ization. 

Cellulolytic  enzymes  have  also  been  suggested  as  digesting 


75 


Table  1. --Rel ationship  of  laboratory  techniques  to  digestibility  of  forage 
sampl es 


X 


c 

c 

c 

c 

c: 

03 

. 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

i — 1 

, — 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

■> — «” 

03 

c 

c: 

c 

c 

c 

• 

X 

z: 

2: 

s 

z: 

i — 

CD 

03 

to 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

CD 

X 

c 

e 

c: 

c 

c 

X 

O 

to 

03 

03 

03 

03 

03 

CD 

c 

CD 

QJ 

O 

o ' 

O 

O 

O 

X 

to 

i- 

on  oo 

XJ  OO 

X oo 

X oo 

x oo 

O oo 

• r— 

cd 

cd 

CD  r-^ 

CD  0^ 

CD  0^ 

CD 

X- 

4— 

c 03 

V-  03 

V-  03 

U-  03 

V-  03 

X 03 

i- 

aj 

03  i— 1 

03  r— 1 

03  i— 1 

03  X 

03  X 

O i — I 

o 

Od 



—I 

X - — 

X ' — 

1 ' — 

z — 

CD 

X 

03 

E 

OO 

to 

LO 

x— H 

OO 

oo 

LO 

' X 

uo 

uo 

to 

to 

CXJ 

CXJ 

CXI 

to 

LU 

CXI 

UO 

o 

CXI 

X 

XI 

CXI 

O 

o 

CXJ 

oo 

03 

03 

Qd 

CXI 

O 

o 

o 

LO 

X 

X 

CXI 

oo 

oo 

oo 

r— 1 

oo 

r^. 

l 1 

S- 

CD 

X 

i- 

S- 

•i — 

CD 

CD 

4- 

X 

X 

•1 — 

•i — 

X 

4— 

4- 

C 

CD 

4-> 

X 

03 

C 

c 

i- 

X 

O) 

CD 

CD 

ai 

CD 

cn 

X 

i_ 

s_ 

S- 

CD 

03 

CD 

aj 

X 

s_ 

X 

x 

X 

CD 

CD 

, — 

03 

c 

XI 

X 

X 

03 

c 

c 

X 

•I— 

o 

S_ 

• !— 

a 

X 

X 

X 

X 

C 

c 

z: 

i- 

•1 — 

•r— 

3 

03 

03 

o 

03 

a; 

c_> 

o 

CD 

• r— 

> 

CD 

<c 

c 

2: 

X 

1 

►— i 

2: 

76 


^Stem  only. 

bIn  vitro  dry  matter  disappearance  (Tilley  and  Terry  1963). 


agents.  Jarrige  et  al . (1970),  Jones  and  Hayward  (1973),  and 
McLeod  and  Minson- 0-978)  obtained  good  correlations  between 
in  vivo  and  cellulase  digestibility  though  earlier  attempts 
at  using  cellulolytic  enzymes  met  with  little  success 
(Donefer  et  al . 1963).  Rees  and  Minson  (1976)  observed  that 
in  vitro  techniques  were  biased  when  used  to  estimate  digest- 
ibility of  grasses  grown  with  various  levels  of  sulfur  ferti- 
lizer. Both  rumen  fluid-pepsin  and  pepsi n-cel 1 ul ase  resulted 
in  bias.  No  doubt  there  are  other  environmental  factors 
which  may  uniquely  influence  plants  in  such  a way  that  labor- 
atory techniques  give  biased  estimates  of  animal  data.  How- 
ever, provided  researchers  are  aware  that  such  potentials 
exist  and  insure  the  procedures  are  used  within  the  range  of 
genetic  and  environmental  conditions  for  which  they  have  been 
tested  for  they  can  provide  ranking  as  well  as  estimates  of 
actual  digestibility  for  forages. 

Near  infrared  reflectance  spectroscopy  offers  a rapid,  nonde- 
structive technique  for  estimating  chemical  and  biological 
parameters  of  forage  quality,  including  digestibility.  Ex- 
tensive work  has  been  conducted  to  calibrate  NIR  for  chemical 
quality  estimates  of  temperate  forages  (Shenk  _et  aj_.  1976) 
but  only  limited  work  has  been  done  with  warm-season  forages 
( Burdick  et  _al_.  1981,  Col eman  et  aj_.  1982). 

Intake 


Though  the  in  vitro  technique  for  estimating  digestibility 
has  been  wicTely  received  and  used  and  much  progress  in  quali- 
ty of  forages  has  been  realized,  little  has  been  accomplished 
to  incorporate  an  estimate  of  intake  into  forage  quality  as- 
sessment. One  of  the  problems  of  assessing  intake  is  the  in- 
herent animal  variability  and  bias  due  to  class  and  status  of 
the  animal.  Intake  assessment  could  very  well  lead  to  great- 
er improvement  in  warm-season  forages  than  digestibility  as- 
sessment due  to  their  high  fiber,  long  residence  time  and 
slow  rate  of  digestion  as  compared  to  temperate  species. 

Rate  of  digestion  and  rate  of  passage  are  important  factors 
relative  to  mechanisms  which  control  intake  (Waldo  et  al . 
1972),  but  they  are  not  causative  agents.  Several  efforts 
have  been  made  to  identify  or  characterize  the  causative 
agents.  Balch  (1971),  Sudweeks  et  aj_.  (1975)  and  Welch  and 
Smith  (1969)  suggested  that  rumination  time  or  time  spent 
chewing  was  related  to  fibrousness  or  coarseness  of  rough- 
ages.  Welch  and  Smith  (1969)  found  a significant  correlation 
(r  = .99)  between  minutes  of  rumination  time  and  CWC  intake. 
These  results  suggest  that  some  factor  other  than  presently 
known  chemical  fractions  influences  rumen  fill  which  in  turn 
influences  intake.  Lignin  content  per  se  probably  has  little 
effect  on  extent  of  digestibility,  but  the  amount  of  ligni- 
fied  (encrusted)  tissue  was  implicated  as  being  very  impor- 
tant from  microscopic  evaluations  (Akin  _et_  aJL  1974,  de  la 


77 


Torrie  et_  a]_.  1974).  The  lack  of  influence  of  lignin  con- 

tent has  long  been  suspected  as  a result  of  comparing  digest- 
ibility of  legume  vs  grass  species.  The  understanding  of 
physical  characteristics  of  forage  plants  which  influence 
rate  and  extent  of  digestion,  particle  size  reduction  and 
rumen  clearance  rate  is  necessary  to  be  able  to  predict  in- 
take using  inexpensive  1 aboratory  methods . 

Rapid,  precise  laboratory  techniques  related  to  intake  are 
needed  which  require  only  a small  sample.  A few  potential 
techniques  are  listed  in  Table  2.  Small  ruminants  such  as 
meadow  voles  or  blue  duikers  (Cowan  et  aj_.  1976)  have  been 
proposed  to  estimate  both  intake  and  digestibility.  However, 
more  forage  is  required  (approx.  2 kg)  than  most  plant  breed- 
ers harvest  from  individual  nurseries.  Perhaps  one  of  the 
most  successful  tools  to  date  is  a grinder  supplied  with  a 
wattage  meter  to  measure  the  power  required  to  grind  a given 
amount  of  the  forage  in  question  (Laredo  and  Minson  1973;  D. 
I.  H.  Jones,  personal  communication).  Scientists  at  the 
Welsh  Plant  Breeding  Station  routinely  used  the  instrument  to 
estimate  intake  of  their  plant  breeding  material.  An  earlier 
approach  was  artificial  mastication  (Troelson  and  Bigsby 
1964).  They  found  a high  correlation  (r  = .94)  between 
"particle  size  index"  after  mastication  and  intake/100  lb. 
body  weight  of  sheep.  Though  NIR  has  potential  as  a tech- 
nique for  estimating  intake,  essentially  no  data  have  been 
published  relating  intake  to  near  infrared  spectra,  due  pri- 
marily to  the  difficulty  in  obtaining  sufficient  samples  of 
known  intake.  One  might  expect  interactions  with  predict- 
ability and  forage  type  similar  to  those  shown  by  Moore 
(1977)  when  intake  and  digestibility  of  tropical  forages  were 
predicted  from  chemical  components  using  equations  from  tem- 
perate forages. 

GRAZING 

Hodgson  (1981)  writes  "It  would  seem  to  be  an  article  of 
faith  that  any  plant  material  intended  for  use  under  grazing 
conditions  should  be  selected  and  tested  under  such  condi- 
tions, or  at  least  by  procedures  which  have  been  shown  to 
provide  a true  index  of  performance  under  grazing.  The  com- 
parative assessment  of  pasture  plants  in  terms  of  animal  pro- 
duction is  a major  undertaking,  and  it  is  unlikely  ever  to  be 
realistic  to  subject  more  than  a small  number  of  the  most 
promising  genotypes  to  trials  involving  practical  systems  of 
animal  production". 

Grazing  produces  a very  complex  situation  where  several  dy- 
namic processes  interact  with  one  another.  The  defoliation 
and  trampling  process  of  the  animal  influences  plant  growth 
and  persistence.  Therefore,  plants  with  prostrate  growth  and 
high  tiller  population  are  most  suitable  characteristics  for 


78 


Table  2. --Rel ationship  of  intake  of  forage  to  laboratory  analytical  techniques 


^ 

_ ^ 

_ ^ 

^ 

TO 

00 

co 

O 

0 

, — 

C CD 

r-^ 

co 

00 

. 

03 

CO 

03  CD 

TO  CD 

TO  CD 

CD 

CD 

1 — 

O) 

i-H 

C i — 1 

C r-H 

T— 1 

1 — f 

no 

+J 

u 

C — - 

<T3 

05  — 

^ 



CD 

c 

O 

cd 

CO  >> 

0 C 

0 c= 

CD 

CD 

CD 

co 

i- 

r—  JO 

-0  0 

to  0 

CM 

•1—  CD 

a) 

CD  CO 

CD  CO 

CD  CO 

Cl 

Q. 

TO  00 

s_  r^- 

4- 

O CD 

C-  c 

C-  c 

Q_ 

CL 

V-  CD 

L-  CD 

CD 

L-  •>- 

03  -i- 

03  -r- 

•1— 

^ r-H 

O 1 — 1 

oc 

1—  CD 

_ 1 2: 

— 1 s: 

_l 

3 ■— 



4— 

O 

CD 

i_ 

+-> 

O 

03 

CD 

C_ 

E 

CO 

cm 

00 

CD 

CO 

■i— 

. 

. 

. 

I 

. 

. 

UJ 

+-> 

I — 1 

OO 

CD 

LO 

1 

CD 

r"» 

CO 

• 

LlJ 

TO 

OO 

CO 

CO 

CD 

CD 

CD 

CM 

CM 

CM 

co 

CD 

CD 

O 

CD 

ce: 

* 

* 

* 

* 

03 

00 

CD 

CD 

o 

1 

1 

. 

. 

1 

1 

oo 

'3- 

1 

1 

CD 

CD 

1 

1 

UO 

r^ 

c 

LD 

r^ 

r-^ 

. 

03 

• 

• 

• 

• 

. 

1 

1 

3 

a) 

CD 

CO 

00 

1 t 

1 — 1 

1 

1 

\ 

^f- 

LO 

LO 

CD 

cd 

JO 

-JJ 

CO 

CD 

03 

CD 

CL 

Q. 

Cl 

CL 

CL 

1 — 

CL 

+-> 

•1— 

CD 

CD 

CD 

CD 

CD 

-t-> 

CD 

c 

O 

CD 

CD 

CD 

CD 

CD 

+-> 

CD 

1 — 1 

CD 

JC 

-C 

JC 

-C 

JC 

03 

JC 

Q. 

00 

OO 

00 

00 

00 

CJ 

OO 

OO 

Tf- 

0 

0 

CM 

CM 

i — 1 

CD 

r-H 

co 

co 

1 — 1 

rH 

CM 

1"- 

s- 

c 

CD 

0 

JO 

•r— 

i_ 

• 1 — 

+-> 

CD 

4- 

03 

JO 

0 

•r— 

+-> 

•I— 

4- 

C 

+J 

>> 

CD 

(/) 

CD 

+-> 

CD 

fO 

5- 

C 

L- 

TO 

TO 

E 

CD 

CD 

CD 

CD 

CD 

C 

+-> 

CD 

-l-> 

V- 

V- 

r— 

CD 

•1 — 

L_ 

CD 

03 

03 

«T3 

CO 

CD 

TO 

i- 

c_ 

• 1— 

CD 

c 

+-> 

4- 

4- 

a 

c 

CD 

CD 

1 — 

C 

c 

■a 

•1— 

• 1— 

TO 

TO 

03 

•1 — 

•f— 

0 

4- 

TO 

L- 

sz 

•1— 

c 

TO 

4-> 

S- 

4-> 

+-) 

• 1— 

r— 

•r— 

=3 

03 

03 

CD 

C- 

C- 

03 

O 

CD 

CD 

CD 

<C 

CD 

CD 

c 

3 

SC 

3 

79 


S D = Standard  deviation  of  mean  of  animal  data. 
Grazing  with  total  fecal  collection. 


grazing  (Hodgson  1981).  However,  erect  plant  types  appear  to 
increase  efficiency  of  harvesting  incident  light.  On  the 
other  side  of  the  coin,  plant  growth  habits  and  the  resulting 
vertical  distribution  of  bulk  density  may  influence  harvest- 
ing efficiency  by  the  animal.  Rate  and  type  of  plant  growth 
influence  how  much  is  eaten,  what  is  eaten  and  how  much  is 
trampled  (Chacon  and  Stobbs  1976)  whereas  each  of  the  above 
influence  growth  rate,  tiller  production  and  canopy  struc- 
ture. 

Once  the  germplasm  has  passed  through  several  steps  and  only 
a few  superior  types  are  left,  feeding  and/or  grazing  trials 
may  be  appropriate.  Before  animal  data  are  collected,  the 
influence  of  the  grazing  animal  on  the  forage  in  question 
should  be  evaluated  in  very  small  plots.  Sheep  are  excellent 
animals  for  this  since  they  graze  closer  and  would  put  great- 
er pressure  on  persistence,  regrowth  potential  etc...  than 
would  cattle. 

In  summary,  quality  evaluation  is  an  important  factor  before 
forages  are  released.  Evaluations  can  be  made  in  different 
ways  depending  on  the  "stage"  of  evaluation  progressing  from 
simple  laboratory  predictive  procedures  to  full  scale  feeding 
and  grazing  trials. 

REFERENCES 

Akin,  D.  E.,  Burdick,  D.  and  Amos,  H.  E. 

1974.  Comparative  degradation  of  Coastal  bermudagrass , 

Coastcross-1  bermudagrass,  and  Pensacola  bahiagrass 
by  rumen  microorganisms  revealed  by  scanning 
electron  microscopy.  Crop  Sci.  14:537. 

Balch,  C.  C. 

1971.  Proposal  to  use  time  spent  chewing  as  an  index  of 
the  extent  to  which  diets  for  ruminants  possess  the 
physical  property  of  fibrousness  characteristic  of 
roughages.  Brit.  J.  Nutr.  26:383. 

Beardsley,  D.  W. 

1964.  Symposium  on  forage  utilization.  Nutritive  value  of 
forage  as  affected  by  physical  form.  Part  II.  Beef 
cattle  and  sheep  studies.  J.  Anim.  Sci.  23:239. 
Bines,  J.  A.,  Suzuki,  S.  and  Balch,  C.  C. 

1969.  The  quantitative  significance  of  long-term 

regulation  of  food  intake  in  the  cow.  Brit.  J. 

Nutr.  23:695. 

Blaxter,  K.  L.,  Wainman,  F.  W.  and  Wilson,  R.  S. 

1961.  The  regulation  of  food  intake  by  sheep.  Anim.  Prod. 
3:51. 

Burdick,  D. , Barton,  F.  E.,  II  and  Nelson,  B.  D. 

1981.  Prediction  of  bermudagrass  composition  and 

digestibility  with  a near-infrared  multiple  filter 
spectrophotometer.  Agron.  J.  73:399. 


80 


Burton,  G.  W. 

1970.  Breeding  sub-tropical  species  for  increased  animal 
production.  Proc.  11th  Int.  Grassl.  Congr., 
Australia,  1970,  pp.  A56-A63. 

Campling,  R.  C.,  Freer,  M.  and  Balch,  C.  C. 

196L.  Factors  affecting  the  voluntary  intake  of  food  by 
cows.  2.  The  relationship  between  the  voluntary 
intake  of  roughages,  the  amount  of  digestion  in 
ret iculo-rumen  and  the  rate  of  disappearance  from 
the  digestive  tract.  Brit.  J.  Nutr.  15:531. 

Chacon,  E.,  and  Stobbs,  T.  H. 

1976.  Influence  of  progressive  defoliation  of  a grass 
sward  on  the  eating  behavior  of  cattle.  Aust.  J. 
Agric.  Res.  27:709. 

Coleman,  S.  W.,  Barton,  F.  E.,  II  and  Meyer,  R.  D. 

1982.  Calibration  of  a near  infrared  reflectance 

spectrometer  for  prediction  of  forage  quality. 

Okl a.  Agric.  Exp.  Sta.  Misc.  Publ . MP-112: 102 
Conrad,  H.  R. 

1966.  Symposium  on  factors  influencing  the  voluntary 

intake  of  herbage  by  ruminants:  physiological  and 
physical  factors  limiting  feed  intake.  J.  Anim. 

Sci.  25:227. 

Cowan,  R.  L.,  von  Ketehodt,  H.  F.  and  Liebenberg,  L.  H.  P. 
1976.  The  blue  duiker  tested  as  a laboratory 

mini -r urn i nant . J.  Anim.  Sci.  43:317.  (Abstr.) 
Crampton,  E.  W. 

1957.  Interrelations  between  digestible  nutrient  and 

energy  content,  voluntary  dry  matter  intake,  and  the 
overall  feeding  value  of  forages.  J.  Anim.  Sci. 
16:546. 

Crampton,  E.  W.,  Donefer,  E.  and  Lloyd,  L.  E. 

1960.  A nutritive  value  index  for  forages.  J.  Anim.  Sci. 
19:538. 

de  1 a Torrie,  R.  A. 

1974.  Micro-histological  characteristics  of  three 

warm-season  grasses  in  relation  to  forage  quality. 
Ph.D.  Dissertation.  University  of  Florida. 
Gainsville,  Florida. 

Donefer,  E.,  Niemann,  P.  J. , Crampton,  E.  W.  and  Lloyd,  L.  E. 
1963.  Dry  matter  disappearance  by  enzyme  and  aqueous 

solutions  to  predict  the  nutritive  value  of  forages. 
J.  Dairy  Sci . 46:965. 

Heaney,  D.  P. 

1969.  Voluntary  intake  as  a component  of  an  index  to 

forage  quality.  Proc.  Nat.  Conf.  Forage  Qual . Eval . 
and  Util.  Prog.  (Lincoln,  Nebraska),  Paper  C. 
Heaney,  D.  P.,  Pritchard,  G.  E.  and  Pigden,  W.  J. 

1968.  Variability  in  ad  libitum  forage  intakes  by  sheep. 

J.  Anim.  Sci.  2 / : 159 . 

Hodgson,  J. 

1981.  Testing  and  improvement  of  pasture  species.  In:  F. 
H.  W.  Morley  (Editor),  World  Animal  Science,  Bl: 

81 


Hungate, 

1966. 

Jarrige, 

1970. 


Johnson, 

1969. 


Jones,  D. 
1973. 


Kapp,  J., 
1979. 


Laredo,  M 
1973. 


Lippke, 

1980. 


Lucas,  H. 
Gross,  H. 
1961. 


McLeod, 

1978. 


Mil  ford, 
1965. 

Min  son, 
1963. 


Mi  nson, 
1967. 


Mi nson , 
1964. 


Grazing  Animals,  Elsevier  Scientific  Pub.  Co.  N.Y. 
pp.  309-317. 

R.  E. 

The  Rumen  and  Its  Microbes.  Academic  Press.  New 
York. 

R.,  Thirend,  P.  and  Demarquilly,  C. 

Development  of  a cellulolytic  enzyme  digestion  for 
predicting  the  nutritive  value  of  forages.  Proc. 

XI.  Inti.  Grassld.  Cong.  p.  762. 

R.  R. 

Reasons  for  forage  evaluation.  Proc.  Natl.  Conf. 
Forage  Qual . Eval.  and  Util.  Proc.  (Lincoln, 
Nebraska),  Paper  B. 

I.  H.  and  Hayward,  M.  V. 

A cellulase  digestion  technique  for  predicting  the 
dry  matter  digestibility  of  grasses.  J.  Sci.  Food 
Agric.  24:1419. 

Hintz,  R.  L.  and  Wagner,  D.  G. 

Potential  for  use  of  lyophilized  rumen  fluid  in  in 
vitro  dry  matter  disappearance  studies.  J.  Anim. 
Sci.  48(Suppl.  1 ) : 380 . (Abstr.) 

. A.  and  Minson,  D.  J. 

The  voluntary  intake,  digestibility  and  retention 
time  by  sheep  of  leaf  and  stem  fractions  of  five 
grasses.  Aust.  J.  Agric.  Res.  24:875. 

I. 

Forage  characteristics  related  to  intake, 
digestibility  and  gain  by  ruminants.  J.  Anim.  Sci. 
50:952. 

L.,  Jr.,  Smart,  W.  W.  G. , Jr.,  Cipolloni,  M.  A.  and 

D. 

Relations  between  digestibility  and  composition  of 
feeds  and  foods.  S -45  Report.  NC  State  College, 

Ral iegh. 

I.  N.  and  Minson,  D.  J. 

The  accuracy  of  the  pepsi n-cel 1 ul ase  technique  for 
estimating  the  dry  matter  digestibility  in  vivo  of 
grasses  and  legumes.  Anim.  Feed  Sci.  am3~”Tech. 
3:277. 

R.  and  Minson,  D.  J. 

Intake  of  tropical  pasture  species.  Proc.  9th  Int. 
Grassl.  Congr.  p.  815. 
i.  J. 

The  effect  of  pelleting  and  watering  on  the  feeding 
value  of  roughage.  A review.  J.  Brit.  Grassl.  Soc. 
18:39. 

i.  J.  and  Milford,  R. 

The  voluntary  intake  and  digestibility  of  diets 
containing  different  proportions  of  legumes  and 
mature  Pangolagrass  (Digitaria  decumbens).  Aust.  J. 
Agric.  Anim.  Husb.  7 : 546. 

).  J.,  Harris,  C.  E.,  Raymond,  W.  F.  and  Milford,  R. 
The  digestibility  and  voluntary  intake  of  S 22  and 


82 


H.l  ryegrass,  S 170  tall  fescue,  S 48  timothy,  S 125 
meadow  fescue  and  germinal  cocksfoot.  J.  Brit. 
Grassl . Soc.  19:298. 

Moore,  L.  A. 

1964.  Symposium  on  forage  utilization.  Nutritive  value  of 
forae  as  affected  by  physical  form.  I.  Several 
principals  involved  with  ruminants  and  effect  of 
feeding  pelleted  or  watered  forage  to  dairy  cattle. 
J.  Anim.  Sci.  23:230. 

Moore,  J.  E. 

1977.  Southern  forages  in  the  new  hay  standards.  Proc. 

34th  South.  Past,  and  Forage  Crop  Impr.  Conf.  pp  129 

Montgomery,  M.  J.  and  Baumgardt,  B.  R. 

1965.  Regulation  of  food  intake  in  ruminants.  1.  Pelleted 
rations  varying  in  enerqy  concentration.  J.  Dairy 
Sci.  48:569. 

Norris,  K.  H.,  Barnes,  R.  F.,  Moore,  J.  E.  and  Shenk,  J.  S. 

1976.  Predicting  forage  quality  by  infrared  reflectance 
spectroscopy.  J.  Anim.  Sci.  43:889. 

Osbourn,  D.  F.,  Cammell,  S.  B.,  Terry,  R.  A.  and  Outen,  G.  E. 

1970.  The  effect  of  chemical  composition  and  physical 

characteristics  of  forage  on  their  voluntary  intake 
by  sheep.  Grassl.  Res.  Inst.  Annual  Rept . p.  67. 

Purser,  D.  B.  and  Moir,  R.  J. 

1966.  Rumen  volume  as  a factor  involved  in  individual 
sheep  differences.  J.  Anim.  Sci.  25:509. 

Putman,  P.  A.  and  Davis,  R.  E. 

1961.  Effect  of  feeding  pelleting  complete  rations  on 
lactating  cows.  J.  Dairy  Sci.  44:1465. 

Raymond,  W.  F. 

The  nutritive  value  of  forage  crops.  Adv.  in  Agron. 

21:1. 

Rees,  M.  C.  and  Minson,  D.  J. 

Fertilizer  calcium  as  a factor  affecting  the 
voluntary  intake,  digestibility  and  retention  time 
of  pangola  grass  (Digitaria  decumbens)  by  sheep.  J. 
Nutr.  36:179. 

L. 

Forage  evaluation.  Proc.  XII  Annual  Farm  Seed 
Conference,  p.  7. 

Shenk,  J.  S. , Mason,  W.  N.,  Risius,  M.  L.,  Norris,  K.  H.  and 

Barnes,  R.  F. 

1976.  Application  of  infrared  reflectance  analysis  to 

feedstuff  evaluation.  In:  P.  V.  Fonnesheck,  L.  E. 
Harris  and  L.  C.  Kearl  (ed.).  First  International 
Symposium  on  Feed  Composition,  Animal  Nutrient 
Requirements  and  Computerization  of  Diets,  p.  242. 

Stobbs,  T.  H. 

1973.  The  effect  of  plant  structure  on  the  intake  of 
tropical  pastures.  II.  Differences  in  sward 
structure,  nutritive  value  and  bite  size  of  animals 
grazi ng  Setar i a anceps  and  Chlor i s gayana  of  various 
stages  of  growth.  Aust.  J.  Agric.  Res.  24:821. 


1968. 


1976. 


Reid,  R . 
1966. 


83 


1974.  Components  of  grazing  behavior  of  dairy  cows  on  some 
tropical  and  temperate  pastures.  Proc.  Aust.  Soc. 
Anim.  Prod.  10:299. 

Sudweeks,  E.  M. , McCullogh,  M.  E.,  Sisk,  L.  R.  and  Saw,  S.  E. 

1975.  Effects  of  concentrate  type  and  level  and  forage 
type  on  chewing  time  of  steers.  J.  Anim.  Sci. 
41:219. 

Tilley,  J.  M.  A.  and  Terry,  R.  A. 

1963.  A two-stage  technique  for  the  in  vitro  digestion  of 
forage  crops.  J.  Brit.  Grassland  Soc.  18:104. 

Troelsen,  J.  E.  and  Bigsby,  F.  W. 

1964.  Artificial  mastication  - a new  approach  for 
predicting  voluntary  forage  consumption  by 
ruminants.  J.  Anim.  Sci.  23:1139. 

Van  Soest,  P.  J. 

1965.  Symposium  on  factors  influencing  the  voluntary 
intake  of  herbage  by  ruminants:  Voluntary  intake  in 
relation  to  chemical  composition  and  digestibility. 

J.  Anim.  Sci.  24:834. 

1969.  The  chemical  basis  for  the  nutritive  evaluation  of 
forages.  Proc.  Natl.  Conf.  Forage  Qual.  Eval.  and 
Util.  Proc.  (Lincoln,  Nebraska),  Paper  V. 

Ventura,  M.,  Moore,  J.  E.,  Ruelke,  0.  C.  and  Franke,  D.  E. 

1975.  Effect  of  maturity  and  protein  supplementation  on 
voluntary  intake  and  nutrient  digestibility  of 
Pangola  digitgrass  hays.  J.  Anim.  Sci.  40:769. 

Waldo,  D.  R. 

1969.  Factors  influencing  the  voluntary  intake  of  forages. 
Proc.  Nat.  Conf.  Forage  Qual.  Eval.  and  Util.  Prog. 
(Lincoln,  Nebraska),  Paper  E. 

Waldo,  D.  R.,  Smith,  L.  W.  and  Cox,  E.  L. 

1972.  Model  of  cellulose  disappearance  from  the  rumen.  J. 
Dairy  Sci . 55:125. 

Ward,  R.  G. , Smith,  G.  S.,  Wallace,  J.  D. , Urquhart,  N.  S.  and 
Shenk,  J.  S. 

1982.  Estimates  of  intake  and  quality  of  grazed  range 

forage  by  nearinfrared  reflectance  spectroscopy.  J. 
Anim.  Sci.  54:399. 

Welch,  J.  G.  and  Smith,  A.  M. 

1969.  Influence  of  forage  quality  on  rumination  time  in 
sheep.  J.  Anim.  Sci.  28:813. 


84 


Panel  Discussion:  Data  Required  Before  Releasing  Forages. 

What  Kind  and  How  Much? 


GRAZING  MANAGEMENT  AND  UTILIZATION  RESEARCH  PRIOR  TO  RELEASE  OF 
PASTURE  CULTIVARS 

Carl  S . Hoveland 

University  of  Georgia 


To  paraphrase  Shakespeare,  "to  cut  or  not  to  cut  - that  is  the 
question".  Plant  breeders  have  commonly  evaluated  potential 
pasture  cultivars  with  various  types  of  mowing  machines,  often 
obtaining  little  or  no  grazing  data  before  release  of  a 
cultivar.  There  is  a good  reason  for  bypassing  the  grazing 
animal  - it  takes  time,  requires  more  seed,  and  is  expensive. 

This  topic  was  addressed  in  depth  by  Australian  and  USA 
scientists  in  a Forage  Evaluation  and  Utilization  Workshop  at 
Armidale,  New  South  Wales,  Australia  in  October  1980  (Wheeler 
and  Mochrie)  where  they  "agreed  quite  clearly"  that: 

"Forages  should  not  be  released  for  public 
use  until  they  have  been  evaluated  with 
animals . " 

If  this  rule  had  been  applied  to  forage  cultivars  in  the  past, 
many  would  never  have  been  released.  Today,  more  plant  breeders 
in  public  agencies  are  evaluating  their  cultivars  with  animals 
but  less  of  this  is  done  in  private  companies. 

Before  we  make  a judgement  of  the  breeders,  it  is  important  to 
recognize  that  breeders  of  forage  cultivars  have  many 
objectives : 

1.  Resistance  or  tolerance  to  pests  such  as  nematodes, 
insects,  or  diseases. 

2.  Seasonal  forage  distribution  such  as  improved  winter 
production. 

3.  Improved  nutritive  quality.  This  may  include  reduced 
lignin,  reduced  alkaloid  or  tannin  levels,  and  increased 
mineral  content. 


85 


4.  Tolerance  to  unkind  soil  conditions  such  as  high  aluminum 
or  manganese  in  acid  soils,  low  soil  phosphorus,  or  poor 
drainage . 

5.  Tolerance  to  livestock  trampling. 

6.  Competition  with  other  species. 

Obviously,  some  of  the  above  items  are  not  directly  related  to 

grazing  of  livestock.  Why  then  do  we  need  grazing  data  before 

release  of  forage  cultivars? 

1.  A grazing  animal  is  not  the  same  as  a mowing  machine. 
This  may  seem  so  commonly  known  that  it  needs  not  be 
mentioned,  yet  many  scientists  forget  that  the  grazing 
animal  has  special  effects  on  pasture  plants.  The  grazing 
animal  exercises  selectivity  for  desirable  plant  parts 
such  as  leaves  and  for  individual  species  in  a mixed 
sward.  Grazing  animals  may  tear  rather  than  cut  the 
herbage.  In  addition,  there  is  a pulling  effect  which  may 
be  especially  severe  on  the  plant  when  it  is  young.  The 
trampling  effect  of  hooves  puts  enormous  weight  on  small 
areas,  compacting  the  soil  and  crushing  plant  parts. 
Livestock  graze  during  wet  as  well  as  dry  weather,  causing 
pugging  of  pastures  which  can  be  more  severe  on  one  plant 
species  than  another.  Grazing  usually  results  in  frequent 
defoliation  as  contrasted  to  the  mowing  machine  which 
allows  periods  of  recovery  between  harvests.  The  frequent 
defoliation  in  a pasture  is  often  most  severe  during 
period  of  limited  growth  during  winter.  Grazing  animals 
also  defecate  and  urinate  on  a pasture,  something  not  done 
by  a mowing  machine. 

2.  Dry  matter  production  over  the  growing  season  is  not 

directly  proportional  to  stock  carrying  capacity  or  animal 
production  produced.  Changes  in  temperature  and  rainfall 
change  yield  and  quality  throughout  the  year.  The  mowing 
machine  cannot  really  evaluate  the  amount  of  animal 

product  produced,  even  with  forage  quality  evaluation. 

3.  Anti-quality  components  of  the  forage  complicate  the 

picture.  Alkaloids  in  some  grasses  and  lupines  reduce 
animal  performance  or  make  the  forage  unpalatable.  Low 
levels  of  tannin  in  legumes  such  as  trefoil  and  arrowleaf 
clover  reduce  bloat  potential  but  high  levels  of  tannin  in 
sericea  lespedeza  reduce  digestibility  of  both  dry  matter 
and  crude  protein.  Glucosides  in  sorghums  and  fungal 
endophytes  of  tall  fescue  also  may  result  in  reduced 

livestock  performance.  Levels  of  these  components  may  be 

determined  in  the  laboratory  but  their  practical 
importance  is  often  modified  within  the  rumen. 


86 


4.  Persistence  under  grazing  and  encroachment  of  other 
species  can  be  very  different  when  grazed  than  mowed.  The 
amount  of  leaf  tissue  removed,  effect  on  root  or  crown 
carbohydrates,  and  tillering  is  often  quite  dissimilar 
under  grazing  and  cutting,  thus  affecting  persistence. 

5.  Seasonal  distribution  of  growth  is  better  evaluated  with 
animals  than  with  a mowing  machine.  The  lag  time  required 
for  harvesting  and  sudden  removal  of  harvested  forage 
often  interact  with  weather  conditions  to  affect  forage 
growth  rate. 

6.  Grazing  trials  can  help  "sell"  a new  cultivar  if  it  really 
is  superior.  Producers  are  far  more  impressed  with  animal 
performance  than  they  are  with  forage  yield  data  from 
small  plots . 

If  grazing  is  to  be  used  in  evaluating  cultivars,  how  should 

grazing  studies  be  conducted  on  new  cultivars?  This  is  a 

complex  area  and  only  a few  suggestions  are  offered  in  this 

brief  discussion: 

1.  Animal  preference  studies  are  low  priority  as  the  grazing 

animal's  preference  rarely  has  biological  significance 
when  the  animal  is  forced  to  eat  the  less  preferred 
species.  Cattle  do  not  like  sericea  lespedeza,  yet  when 
confined  to  it,  they  will  perform  satisfactorily. 

Alfalfa,  a top  quality  forage,  may  be  ignored  by  cattle 
initially  when  put  pastures  of  this  species  as  they  search 
out  weedy  species  such  or  chickweed. 

2.  Cultivars  should  be  grazed  in  trials  as  they  would  be 
under  normal  farm  conditions  unless  a special  grazing 
method  is  to  be  recommended. 

3.  Grazing  should  be  done  with  the  kind  of  animals  expected 
to  be  carried  by  farmers  on  this  pasture  cultivar.  Sheep 
grazing  of  experimental  cultivars  may  reduce  the  cost  but 
results  may  not  easily  be  transferred  to  predict  cattle 
performance  and  effects  of  grazing  on  the  cultivar. 

4.  Comparisons  should  be  made  with  standard  cultivars  in 
replicated  grazing  experiments  over  several  years. 

5.  Observational  on-farm  grazing  trials  in  cooperation  with 
extension  forage  and  animal  science  specialists  can  be 
useful  in  evaluating  persistence,  reseeding,  and  other 
characteristics.  Also,  these  trials  may  be  useful  in 
convincing  the  extension  specialist  that  the  cultivar  is 
good  and  should  be  promoted.  This  method  is  commonly  used 
by  private  companies  as  it  is  low-cost  and  offers  the 
advantage  of  promoting  the  cultivar. 


87 


SUMMARY 


Do  we  always  need  animal  grazing  data  before  release  of  a 
pasture  cultivar? 

1.  Cutlivars  of  species  new  to  the  area  or  from  exotic 
germplasm  quite  different  from  existing  cultivars  or 
selected  for  improved  nutritive  quality  should  always  be 
subjected  to  grazing  by  livestock  before  release  to  the 
public . 

2.  It  can  be  argued  that  there  is  a lesser  need  for  grazing 
data  if  the  new  cultivar  was  selected  for  pest  resistance, 
is  a well-established  pasture  species,  has  no  anti-quality 
problems,  and  plant  morphology  has  not  been  changed.  The 
danger  with  this  approach  is  that  in  selection  for  one 
trait  another  may  have  been  altered  and  so  affect  animal 
performance.  Thus,  grazing  of  potential  cultivars  before 
release  is  the  safest  approach  to  avoid  a potential 
problem. 


REFERENCE 


Wheeler,  J. 
1981. 


L.  , and  Mochrie,  R.  D. 

Forage  evaluation:  concepts  and  techniques. 
CSIRO,  East  Melbroune,  Australia  and  American 
Forage  and  Grassland  Council,  Lexington,  Kentucky. 


88 


Panel  Discussion;  Data  Required  Before  Releasing  Forages. 

What  Kind  and  How  Much? 


STATE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATION  POLICIES 
W.  C.  Godley 
Clemson  University 


Dr.  Bouton  asked  that  I address  the  topic  "Data  Required  Before 
Releasing  Forage  Cultivars  for  Grazing  - What  Kind  and  How 
Much?",  from  an  experiment  station  administrator’s  viewpoint. 
Rather  than  present  only  my  own  thoughts  and  ideas  or  the  policy 
of  the  South  Carolina  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  I chose 
to  get  input  from  my  colleagues  in  the  Southern  Region.  To 
accomplish  this,  a questionnaire  that  could  be  answered  in  most 
cases  by  a "yes"  or  "no"  was  developed.  The  15  questions  were 
designed  to  get  a broad  view  of  the  policies  and  procedures 
involved  in  releasing  cultivars,  germ  plasm  and  breeding  lines. 
The  questionnaire  was  mailed  to  the  directors  of  the  agricul- 
tural experiment  stations  in  the  13  southeastern  states.  All 
of  them  responded  but  due  to  their  particular  situations,  did 
not  answer  all  questions  completely.  A summary  of  the  infor- 
mation obtained  from  the  questionnaire  is  the  basis  for  my 
comments . 

Formal  policies  for  release  of  germplasm  exist  in  all  but  two 
of  the  southern  experiment  stations  surveyed;  only  two  do  not 
have  a formal  policy  regarding  the  release  of  breeding  lines 
developed  by  the  experiment  station;  while  all  but  one  have 
a formal  policy  for  the  release  of  cultivars.  Within  the 
southern  states,  however,  the  policies  are  implemented  a bit 
differently.  In  Arkansas,  for  example,  each  release  is  handled 
in  a manner  consistent  with  the  agricultural  experiment  station 
mission.  The  kind  of  germplasm  (i.e.,  plant  species)  determines 
the  exact  process  of  release.  In  Louisiana,  release  is  re- 
quested by  the  plant  breeder  through  the  department  to  the 
director.  An  ad-hoc  committee  is  appointed  by  the  director 
to  review  the  data  and  to  make  recommendations.  If  the  com- 
mittee recommends  release,  the  director  prepares  a release 
statement  and  appropriate  publicity.  Oklahoma,  on  the  other 
hand,  has  a rather  standard,  but  unwritten,  policy. 

Most  of  the  experiment  stations  have  a mechanism  for  the  free 
exchange  of  germplasm  in  both  the  private  (64%)  and  public 


89 


(85%)  sectors.  Four  stations,  however,  will  not  freely  release 
germplasm  among  breeders  in  the  private  sector  while  two  will 
not  exchange  germplasm  among  breeders  in  the  public  sector. 

At  six  stations  the  free  exchange  is  curtailed  in  the  private 
sector  and  at  two  stations  the  exchange  is  curtailed  in  the 
public  sector  during  some  stage  of  development. 

In  Alabama,  the  exchange  is  curtailed  when  the  line  begins 
to  look  very  promising  and  is  breeding  true  for  a trait.  In 
Kentucky,  germplasm  may  be  released  similar  to  cultivars  but 
requirements  are  less  stringent.  Louisiana  curtails  exchange 
just  prior  to  release  of  variety,  while  Mississippi  curtails 
the  exchange  near  the  level  of  development  suitable  for 
varietal  or  germplasm  release.  In  North  Carolina,  exchanges 
with  the  private  sector  are  made  as  formal  germplasm  releases. 
Within  the  public  sector,  breeders  may  freely  exchange  mate- 
rial at  any  stage  of  development,  with  their  counterparts  in 
other  public  agencies.  In  Oklahoma,  free  exchange  occurs 
after  official  release,  except  for  rare  "exclusive"  releases. 

In  Tennessee,  advanced  breeding  lines  are  not  exchanged  with 
the  private  sector. 

About  80%  of  the  experiment  stations  have  a procedure  for  the 
exchange  of  cultivars  in  the  private  and  public  sectors.  Some 
of  these  procedures,  however,  are  informal. 

In  testing  experimental  cultivars  before  release,  all  stations 
require  multiple  locations  within  the  state.  Half  of  the 
stations  require  out-of-state  tests.  All  of  the  stations 
require  tests  over  more  than  one  year.  Only  two  states  do 
not  require  that  the  experimental  cultivar  be  tested  as  a 
hay/silage  crop;  one  state  does  not  require  simulated  grazing 
and  one  state  does  not  require  in  vitro  analyses.  All  of  the 
states  require  reaction  to  grazing  be  tested,  as  well  as 
animal  performance,  nutrient  analyses,  and  proximate  analyses. 

All  of  the  experiment  stations  have  a cultivar  release  com- 
mittee which  reviews  release  proposals  and  supporting  infor- 
mation. In  determining  if  the  cultivar  merits  release,  all 
of  the  states  consider  yield,  persistence,  resistance,  area 
of  adaptation,  quality  measurement,  and  undesirable  traits. 

Only  one  state  does  not  require  a statement  of  intended  use. 

One  state  does  not  consider  a plan  for  seed  or  planting  stock 
increase.  Two  states  do  not  consider  origin,  breeding  proce- 
dure, cultivar  description  or  uniqueness  in  the  decision.  All 
of  the  states  require  superiority  over  available  cultivars 
for  one  or  more  traits.  Only  three  stations  said  that  they 
would  release  a cultivar  that  is  not  superior  for  any  trait. 
Alabama  would  release  such  a cultivar  if  a wider  gene  base 
was  desirable.  Louisiana  would  release  one  if  the  seed  were 
not  available  from  the  public  or  private  sector,  while 
Mississippi  would  release  the  cultivar  if  the  origin  of  the 
variety  adds  to  a wider  genetic  variation  and  decreases 


90 


"genetic  vulnerability"  of  the  crop  as  a whole.  In 
Mississippi,  this  would  be  an  exception  rather  than  the  rule. 

All  of  the  experiment  stations  use  a foundation  seed  organi- 
zation for  release  of  cultivars.  In  only  two  instances,  how- 
ever, is  this  foundation  seed  organization  controlled  by  the 
experiment  station.  Only  one  state  would  not  grant  exclusive 
release  to  a private  concern,  while  two  states  would  not  grant 
non-exclusive  release  to  a private  concern.  The  person  who 
arranges  for  exclusive  release  varies  by  state,  however.  In 
Alabama,  the  breeder  arranges  for  release  after  the  variety 
release  committee  approves.  In  Arkansas,  the  researcher  re- 
leases the  cultivar  through  the  director  with  advice  of  legal 
aides.  The  Florida  Foundation  Seed  Producers,  Inc.  arranges 
release  with  the  IFAS  Cultivar  Release  Committee.  In  Kentucky, 
the  seed  committee  of  the  Agronomy  Department  releases  the 
cultivar  with  approval  by  the  dean  of  agriculture.  In 
Louisiana,  Mississippi,  Oklahoma,  and  Tennessee,  release  is 
accomplished  through  the  experiment  station.  In  North 
Carolina,  the  NC  Agricultural  Research  Service  develops  a con- 
tract or  Memorandum  of  Agreement  with  a private  concern.  In 
South  Carolina,  the  South  Carolina  Foundation  Seed  Association 
arranges  release.  Virginia  advertises  for  bids.  Accepted 
bid  must  be  approved  by  the  department  head  and  experiment 
station  director. 

The  criteria  used  to  select  the  private  concern  receiving  an 
exclusive  release  also  varies  by  state.  In  Arkansas,  it  may 
be  done  by  a bid  process  or  as  a sole  source  release,  while 
in  Kentucky,  the  ability  to  produce  and  market  the  seed  are 
primary  criteria.  Louisiana  usually  selects  on  a bid  basis. 

In  Mississippi,  the  criteria  require  a private  concern  to  have 
the  ability,  dependability,  and  recognized  integrity  to  pro- 
duce and  supply  adequate  amounts  of  high  quality  seed  to  users 
at  reasonable  cost.  Policy  of  the  Mississippi  Agricultural 
and  Forestry  Experiment  Station  is  to  get  seed  of  improved 
varieties  to  farmers  at  the  lowest  possible  cost  to  farmers. 
South  Carolina  relies  on  the  SC  Foundation  Seed  Association 
to  make  the  selection.  In  North  Carolina,  a private  concern 
must  have  the  capacity  to  increase  seed  and  to  make  a commit- 
ment to  provide  reasonable  quantities  of  seed  to  farmers  at 
a reasonable  cost.  In  Oklahoma,  selection  is  based  on  a 
company's  track  record  for  sales,  and  whether  the  agricultural 
experiment  station  thinks  they  will  push  the  variety.  In 
Tennessee,  company  interest  in  the  variety  along  with  marketing 
capability  in  the  area  are  the  main  criteria.  Virginia  selects 
the  company  with  the  most  experience  in  producing  seed  of  the 
crop  and  with  the  best  mechanism  for  merchandising  seed  in 
the  area  of  adaptation. 

Only  two  states  usually  make  exclusive  releases  of  cultivars. 
Seven  states  seldom  make  exclusive  releases,  and  three  states 
never  make  exclusive  releases.  Among  the  states  that  do  make 


91 


exclusive  releases,  various  factors  underlie  that  decision. 

In  Alabama,  market  and  product  development  are  behind  this 
decision,  while  in  Arkansas,  the  economic  potential  of  variety, 
its  potential  appeal  to  seed  producers,  and  value  of  the  culti- 
var  to  the  agricultural  interests  of  the  state  are  prime  deter- 
minants. Kentucky  uses  exclusive  releases  to  provide  a continu- 
ing supply  of  seed  to  the  farmer,  while  Louisiana  grants 
exclusive  release  to  insure  that  seed  or  variety  will  receive 
proper  promotion  and  get  in  the  hands  of  producers  in  instances 
where  public  release  probably  would  result  in  no  interest  by 
a large  number  of  private  breeders.  Mississippi  believes  that 
development,  marketing  and  use  by  producers  could  only  be 
successful  through  exclusive  release.  If  volume  of  potential 
demand  is  insufficient  to  attract  participation  by  industry 
through  a general  release,  exclusive  release  is  usually  the 
only  viable  alternative.  This  principally  applies  to  new 
varieties  produced  from  seed  and  not  through  vegetative  stock. 
North  Carolina  uses  the  exclusive  release  procedure  only  when 
it  appears  to  be  the  only  or  best  means  of  providing  growers 
the  materials  developed  by  the  NC  Agricultural  Research  Service. 
South  Carolina  considers  exclusive  release  when  the  possi- 
bility exists  of  the  cultivar  not  being  promoted  or  marketed 
through  normal  channels.  In  Tennessee,  exclusive  release 
occurs  for  species  for  which  state  foundation  seed  organizations 
cannot  produce  seed.  Virginia  uses  exclusive  release  when 
this  is  the  only  method  of  assuring  adequate  seed  production 
and  merchandising;  usually  for  crops  where  seed  must  be  pro- 
duced outside  the  state.  Texas  uses  exclusive  release  to 
maximize  public  benefit  and  to  assure  that  the  cultivar  gets 
used . 

Only  two  states  do  not  receive  royalties  or  payment  when  they 
make  an  exclusive  release  to  a private  concern  and  only  three 
states  report  that  they  receive  no  royalties  or  payments  for 
a non-exclusive  release.  On  the  other  hand,  only  one  state 
receives  royalties  or  payments  when  the  cultivar  is  released 
through  a foundation  seed  organization. 

In  summary,  the  agricultural  experiment  stations  in  the 
southern  region  require  that  experimental  forage  cultivars 
be  tested  at  multiple  locations  within  the  state  and  in 
multiple  years  before  they  are  released.  Testing  includes 
reaction  to  grazing,  animal  performance,  nutrient  analysis, 
proximate  analysis,  and  in  most  cases,  performance  as  hay/silage, 
simulated  grazing  and  in  vitro  analysis.  Factors  considered 
in  release  of  forage  cultivars  at  all  stations  are  yield, 
persistence,  resistance,  area  of  adaptions  and  undesirable 
traits.  Other  factors  considered  by  at  least  75%  of  the  states 
are  origin,  breeding  procedure,  cultivar  description,  statement 
on  intended  use,  uniqueness,  and  plan  for  seed/stock  increase. 


92 


COMPOSITION  AND  RUMINAL  AVAILABILITY  OF  SULFUR  IN  COOL-SEASON 
GRASSES 

B.  P.  Glenn  and  D.  G.  Ely 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  and  University  of  Kentucky 


The  availability  of  sulfur  (S)  from  forages  consumed  by  the 
ruminant  is  dependent  on  forage  S,  ruminal  S and  the 
interactions  with  nitrogen  (N)  compounds  in  the  forage  and 
rumen.  Supplementation  to  tall  fescue  with  elemental  S 
increased  total  S digestibility,  retention  and  abomasal 
protein  S recovery  by  wethers  (Glenn  and  Ely,  1981a  and 
1981b) . Supplementation  with  nitrate  N tended  to  reduce  N and 
S retentions  and  increase  abomasal  nonprotein  S recovery. 

These  data  suggest  the  total  S to  total  N ratio  in  forages  may 
not  be  as  important  in  defining  ruminal  degradability  as  are 
relative  amounts  of  different  forms  of  forage  S and  N.  The 
objective  of  the  studies  summarized  herein  was  to  measure 
effects  of  forage  composition  on  ruminal  availability  of 
forage  S. 

Tall  fescue  (Festuca  arundinacea  Schreb.)  and  orchardgrass 
(Dactylis  glomerata  L.)  were  fertilized  with  3 rates  of  N (0, 
100  and  300  kg/ha)  and  2 rates  of  S (0  and  150  kg/ha)  in  a 
randomized  complete  block  design  with  4 replications  per 
treatment.  Forage  N and  S composition  and  ruminal  N and  S 
disappearance  from  forages  were  measured  in  samples  obtained 
at  5 dates  from  April  17  to  June  27  (Glenn  £t  al. , 1980) . 
Nitrogen  fertilization  increased  total  N,  nonprotein  N and 
protein  N content  (mg/g  forage)  of  both  grasses.  In  spite  of 
similar  total  N concentrations,  nonprotein  N content  was 
higher  for  tall  fescue  than  orchardgrass.  Protein  N was 
higher  for  orchardgrass  than  tall  fescue.  Nitrogen 
fertilization  reduced  total  S and  nonprotein  S concentrations 
(mg/g  forage)  and  increased  protein  S content  of  both  grasses. 
Sulfur  fertilization  increased  all  forage  S components. 
Nonprotein  S concentrations  tended  to  be  higher  in  tall  fescue 
but  protein  S was  higher  in  orchardgrass  compared  with  tall 
fescue.  Total  N content  was  negatively  correlated  with 
nonprotein  S content  (tall  fescue  r = -.53;  orchardgrass,  r = 
-.31;  P<.001).  Nonprotein  S content  was  negatively  correlated 
with  nonprotein  N content  (tall  fescue,  r = -.27; 


93 


Table  1. — Disappearance  of  Forage  Sulfur  (%) 


Item 

Fertilizer  treatment 

ON-OS 

0N-150S 

300N-OS 

300N-150S 

SE 

Sulfur 

Tall  fescue 

Soluble 

68.7 

76.0 

37.4 

56.8 

1.3 

Insoluble 

14.4 

10.9 

37.0 

25.0 

1.8 

Total,  24 

hr 

83.1 

86.8 

74.4 

81.8 

Orchardgrass 

Soluble 

64.9 

71.3 

26.0 

43.0 

1.3 

Insoluble 

20.0 

17.3 

42.5 

32.1 

1.8 

Total,  24 

hr 

84.9 

88.6 

68.5 

75.1 

orchardgrass,  r = -.53;  P<.01).  Total  nonprotein  amino  acid 
concentration  was  greater  in  fescue  while  total  hydrolyzable 
amino  acid  content  was  greater  in  orchardgrass.  Orchardgrass 
may  utilize  available  S and  N for  plant  protein  synthesis  more 
effectively  than  tall  fescue  due  to  either  different  nutrient 
requirements  or  more  efficient  nutrient  metabolism. 

Ruminal  N and  S disappearance  from  the  fertilized  tall  fescue 
and  orchardgrass  was  measured  by  the  nylon  bag  technique  in 
rumen-f istulated  steers.  Water-soluble  nutrient  disappearance 
was  measured  as  the  initial  0-hr  nutrient  loss  from  forages  in 
bags  immersed  in  water  and  was  correlated  with  loss  at  6 hr 
(N,  r = .88.;  S,  r = .99).  Subsequent  insoluble  disappearance 
occurred  in  situ  for  24  hr  and  was  calculated  as  the 
difference  between  disappearances  at  24  and  0 hr.  Soluble  dry 
matter,  N and  S disappearances  (%)  averaged  34.9,  45.3  and 
59.7  for  tall  fescue  and  27.4,  30.9  and  51.3  for  orchardgrass, 
respectively.  Extent  of  forage  N disappearance  at  24  hr  was 
highest  from  grass  fertilized  with  300  kg  N/ha  and  no  S (81.1% 
from  tall  fescue  and  76.4%  from  orchardgrass).  Large 
differences  in  forage  S disappearance  were  noted  due  to 
fertilization  (see  table  1).  Sulfur  fertilization  increased 
extent  of  forage  S disappearance.  Extent  of  forage  S 
disappearance  at  24  hr  was  lowest  from  grass  fertilized  with 
300  kg  N/ha  and  no  S. 

Soluble  S disappearance  from  forages  was  negatively 
correlated  with  total  N and  nonprotein  N concentrations  in 
forage  and  positively  correlated  with  total  S and  nonprotein 
S concentrations.  Greater  losses  of  the  rapidly  soluble  N 
and  S from  tall  fescue  than  orchardgrass  were  a result  of 
higher  concentrations  of  nonprotein  components  in  tall 
fescue. 

Altering  ruminal  solubilization  of  S from  forage  may  affect 
microbial  uptake  of  the  solubilized  or  available  forage  N and 
S.  Established  tall  fescue  and  orchardgrass  plants  were 


94 


transferred  from  soil  and  maintained  hy droponically  in  four 
nutrient  solutions  containing  2 rates  of  N (0  and  268  ppm) 
and  2 rates  of  S (0  and  134  ppm)(Glenn  et  al.,  1981c). 

Changes  in  forage  N and  S components  were  similar  to  those 
seen  in  the  field  study.  Solutions  were  treated  with  S-35 
and  labeled  grass  was  harvested.  Percent  of  the  total 
absorbed  S-35  which  was  absorbed  into  shoots  were  29.4,  78.4, 
29.1  and  69.7  for  tall  fescue  and  9.0,  60.5,  53.4  and  55.0 
for  orchardgrass  treated  with  ON-OS,  0N-134S,  268N-0S  and 
268N-134S,  respectively.  Grasses  were  incubated  in  ruminal 
fluid  in  a closed,  batch  system.  In  vitro  l^S  production  and 
percentage  of  grass  radioactivity  recovered  as  and 

microbial  protein  were  higher  for  grass  treated  with  ON-OS 
and  0N-134S  compared  with  high  N treatments.  Grass  S 
incorporation  into  microbial  protein  was  calculated  according 
to  a modification  of  the  equation  by  Walker  and  Nader  (1968). 
Rate  of  grass  S incorporation  (yg/g  grass /hr)  after  60  min  of 
incubation  was  79,  117,  14  and  83  for  tall  fescue  and  59, 

100,  16  and  133  for  orchardgrass.  Rate  of  microbial  protein 
synthesis  (yg  CP/g  grass/hr)(60  min)  was  5447,  8059,  926, 

5713  for  tall  fescue  and  4040,  6878,  1090  and  9157  for 
orchardgrass.  Sulfur  fertilization  of  cool-season  grasses 
may  have  increased  total  S and  nonprotein  S solubility  and 
uptake  into  microbial  protein  in  the  rumen.  Furthermore, 
levels  of  N fertilization  used  for  grasses  may  reduce 
solubility  and  extent  of  forage  S disappearance  and  limit 
microbial  use  of  S for  protein  synthesis. 

Further  research  is  needed  to  define  forage  protein  and 
carbohydrate  fractions  that  will  predict  efficiency  of  use  of 
forage  S and  N in  the  gut  to  improve  ruminant  production  from 
high  dietary  forage  inputs. 

REFERENCES 

Glenn,  B.  P.,  and  Ely,  D.  G. 

1981a.  Effect  of  tall  fescue  supplementation  with 

sulfur,  nitrate  and  starch  on  abomasal  and  plasma 
amino  acids  in  the  ovine.  Nutr.  Rep.  Inti. 
24:323. 

1981b.  Sulfur,  nitrate  and  starch  supplementation  of 
tall  fescue  for  the  ovine.  J.  Anim.  Sci. 

53:1135. 

Glenn,  B.  P.;  Ely,  D.  G.;  and  Glenn,  S. 

1980.  Ruminal  availability  of  tall  fescue  sulfur.  J. 
Anim.  Sci.  51  (Suppl.  1):238.  (Abstract) 

Glenn,  B.  P.;  Ely,  D.  G. ; Glenn,  S.;  and  Bush,  L.  P. 

1981.  Availability  of  tall  fescue  sulfur  for  ini  vitro 
incorporation  into  microbial  protein.  J.  Anim. 
Sci.  53  (Suppl.  1):38.  (Abstract) 

Walker,  D.  J.,  and  Nader,  C.  J. 

1968.  Method  for  measuring  microbial  growth  in  rumen 
content.  Appl.  Microbiol.  16:1124. 


95 


KOCHIA — FORAGE  OR  WEED? 


L.  M.  Rommann 

Oklahoma  State  University 


Kochia  scoparia  is  a warm  season  annual  forb  best  adapted  to 
the  drier  areas  of  the  Great  Plains  states  from  North  Dakota 
through  Texas.  It  is  considered  as  serious  weed  pest  in  both 
rowcrop  and  small  grain  cropland  but  it  has  also  been  used  for 
grazing  (after  small  grain  harvest)  or  an  emergency  hay  crop 
in  years  of  grain  failure.  These  uses  have  been  common  for 
over  50  years. 

A 1947  report  from  South  Dakota  State  University  showed  first 
cutting  kochia  to  be  adequate  for  wintering  beef  heifer 
calves.  They  gained  .95  lbs  per  day  on  kochia  compared  to  1.8 
lbs  per  day  on  alfalfa  hay.  Feeding  second  cutting  kochia 
caused  the  heifers  to  lose  weight. 

Texas  Tech  (Lubbock)  research  found  kochia  production  going 
from  1.5  tons  per  acre  on  May  29  to  5.0  T./A  on  July  14  with  a 
corresponding  drop  in  crude  protein  from  25%  to  13%.  Yields 
of  irrigated  kochia  at  the  Clovis,  New  Mexico  Plains  Branch 
Station  of  12.5  tons  per  acre  have  been  produced  by  H.D{ 
Fuehring,  NMSU.  Water  and  N were  not  limiting  factors.  Pro- 
tein levels  ranged  from  9.3%  in  June  to  6.9%  in  August.  These 
yield  data  indicate  that  30  to  60  lbs  of  N are  required  for 
one  ton  of  dry  matter  production. 

Oxalate  content  in  kochia  appears  to  be  about  7.0%.  Oxalate 
can  crystallize  in  the  liver  and  kidneys  of  animals  restricted 
to  a diet  of  kochia  for  60-90  days.  Death  has  been  reported 
within  60  days.  Changing  the  diet  appears  to  alleviate  the 
problem. 

Alleleopathy  to  subsequent  crops  is  apparently  significant. 

At  Clovis,  sorghum  following  kochia  yielded  only  1600  lbs  per 
acre  when  irrigated  six  times.  According  to  Fuehring,  the 
sorghum  plants  showed  water  deficiency  stress  within  a short 
time  after  irrigation.  Wheat  yields  were  also  reduced.  The 


96 


al leleopathic  compound(s)  are  leachable  from  the  soil  within 
one  year. 

In  western  Oklahoma,  kochia  has  long  been  recognized  as  weed 
in  cropped  areas  but  it  has  also  been  used  for  grazing  in  dry 
areas  after  wheat  harvest.  It  has  been  tried  as  a planted 
forage  crop  in  eastern  Oklahoma  (40"-50"  rainfall  area).  Mod- 
erate success  was  achieved  by  one  producer  in  1980,  a very  dry 
summer.  In  1981,  this  producer  and  several  others  had  no  suc- 
cess. 

As  kochia  becomes  more  mature  it  may  become  unacceptable  to 
grazing  animals.  R.L.  Dalymple,  Noble  Foundation,  Ardmore, 

Ok.  used  kochia  as  one  forage  species  in  an  alternating  graz- 
ing program  in  1982.  Gains  were  good  during  the  first  two 
grazing  cycles  but  in  August  the  animals  refused  to  eat 
kochia.  This  resulted  in  a weight  loss  of  more  than  three 
pounds  per  animal  per  day. 

We  at  OSU  do  not  recommend  kochia  as  a planted  forage  crop. 

If  it  is  available,  it  can  be  used  for  grazing  or  hay.  Other 
forages  can  be  more  dependable  under  the  same  fertility  pro- 
gram with  fewer  potential  animal  health  problems. 

REFERENCES 

Baker,  L.  0. 

1974.  Growth  and  water  use  efficiency  of  seven  annual 

plant  species.  Proc.  W.  Soc.  Weed  Sci . (Abstract) 
27:73-74. 

Coxworth,  E.  C.  M.;  Bell,  0.  B.;  and  Ashford,  R. 

1968.  Preliminary  evaluation  of  Russian  thistle,  kochia, 
and  garden  atriplex  as  potential  high  protein  con- 
tent seed  crops  for  semiarid  areas.  Canad.  J. 
Plant  Sci.  49:427-434. 

Erickson,  E.  L. 

1947.  Forage  from  kochia.  I.  Some  plant  characteris- 
tics and  forage  production.  S.  Dak.  Agr.  Exp. 

Sta.  Bull.  384. 

Sherrod,  L.  B. 

1971.  Nutrituve  value  of  kochia  schoparia.  I.  Yield 

and  chemical  composition  at  three  stages  of  matur- 
ity. Agron.  J.  63:343-344. 


97 


NO-TILL  FORAGE  ESTABLISHMENT 


Harlan  E.  White 

Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 


Alfalfa  acreage  is  increasing  in  Virginia.  One  of  the  primary 
concerns  in  establishing  new  stands  of  alfalfa  and  other 
forages  is  the  threat  of  soil  erosion  while  the  new  seeding  is 
becoming  established  in  a well -til led  seedbed.  Resulting  ruts 
and  gullies  damage  equipment  and  are  dangerous  to  equipment 
operators.  In  addition  to  conserving  soil,  no-till  seedings 
conserve  moisture  already  present  in  the  seedbed.  This,  plus 
the  dramatic  reduction  in  water  run-off,  improves  the  water 
supply  for  the  new  seedlings.  Less  time  and  fuel  are  required 
to  seed  using  no-till  methods  and  rocks  remain  below  the  soil 
surface.  Technology  is  now  available  to  successfully  establish 
forages  without  the  need  fop  tillage  and  preparation,  of  a fine 
seedbed. 

The  new  no-till  procedures  are  becoming  widely  accepted  by 
Virginia  producers.  A survey  conducted  in  the  fall  of  1982 
indicated  that  82  sod  seeders  were  available  in  that  state, 

80%  of  which  were  purchased  during  1982.  Aoproximately  2200 
acres  of  alfalfa  and  2300  acres  of  tall  grass  - clover  were 
were  seeded  during  1982,  which  was  the  first  season  following 
the  introduction  of  the  no-till  procedures. 

NO-TILL  REQUIREMENTS 

Basic  to  successfully  establishing  new  stands  of  forages  by 
no-till  methods  is  an  understanding  of  the  requirements  for 
the  procedure.  Several  "musts"  are: 

1.  Living  competition  must  be  eliminated. 

2.  Heavy  thatch  and  plant  growth  tall  enough  to  shade  the 
soil  surface  must  be  removed. 

3.  The  seedling  must  be  orotected  against  a wide  spectrum  of 
i nsects . 

4.  Seed  must  be  Dlaced  in  the  soil  but  no  deeper  than  one 
i nch . 

5.  Soil  fertility  must  be  medium  to  high  with  a dH  of  6. 4-6. 7. 


98 


BASIC  PROCEDURE 


Removal  of  existing  plant  growth  is  accomplished  by  grazing 
and/or  mowing.  Elimination  of  competition  from  growing  plants 
is  dependent  primarily  upon  herbicides.  The  following  general 
"recipe"  is  a guideline  to  follow: 


Apply  2,4-D  if  broadleaf  weeds  are  present.  After  at  least  10- 
14  days,  apply  Paraquat  plus  surfactant.  Wait  14-20  days  and 
make  another  application  of  Paraquat.  Seed  15  lb  of  inoculated 
alfalfa  seed  per  acre  plus  10  lb  of  10  G or  7 lb  of  15  G 
granular  Furadan  per  acre  in  the  row  with  the  seed. 


INSECTICIDE 

Furadan  is  a necessary  part  of  the  management  package  in  order 
to  protect  the  alfalfa  seedling  from  insects.  The  specific 
insects  or  complex  of  them  involved  are  not  known  and  will 
vary  with  location  and  time  of  year.  The  granular  form 
of  Furadan  must  be  placed  into  the  soil  in  the  row  with  the 
seed  in  order  to  meet  label  requi rements . It  is  desirable  to 
place  the  seed  and  Furadan  in  separate  boxes  on  the  seeder. 
However,  Furadan  can  be  mixed  with  the  seed  in  the  seedbox  and 
separation  will  not  occur  as  the  seeder  travels  across  the 
field.  If  the  seeder  being  used  has  an  agitator  in  the  seed- 
box,  separation  of  the  Furadan  is  likely  to  occur.  To  prevent 
this  separation,  disengage  the  agitator. 

FITTING  INTO  THE  FORAGE  SYSTEM 

There  are  many  different  situations  in  forage  systems  where 
no-till  alfalfa  or  other  forage  species  can  fit.  In  most 
cases,  seeding  as  part  of  a normal  crop  rotation  will  aid  in 
assuring  adequate  soil  fertility  and  pH.  There  is  concern  that 
some  producers  may  attempt  to  seed  alfalfa  in  areas  with 
shallow  soils  whose  fertility  and  pH  are  too  low  to  produce 
high  yielding  alfalfa.  If  soil  fertility  and/or  pH  is  low, 
fertilizer  and/or  lime  should  be  applied  at  least  six  months 
prior  to  seeding.  Alfalfa  should  not  be  seeded  into  an  old 
alfalfa  stand.  The  field  should  not  have  had  alfalfa  growing 
in  it  for  at  least  two  years  prior  to  seeding. 

SEEDING  IN  SOD 

No-till  seeding  into  a perennial  pasture  or  hay  sod  can  be  done 
effectively  in  either  spring  or  fall  using  some  variation  of 
the  "recipe".  Of  particular  concern  when  seeding  into  a sod, 
especially  in  spring,  is  the  lack  of  residual  weed  control. 
Herbicides  used  to  suppress  the  sod  do  not  control  weeds  that 


99 


germinate  later  and  compete  with  the  new  alfalfa  seedlings. 
Another  concern  is  that  occasionally  Paraquat  may  not  effec- 
tively suppress  orchardgrass  sods  in  spring.  Unless  the  sod 
is  primarily  tall  fescue,  it  is  usually  best  to  make  the  no- 
till seeding  in  August  rather  than  in  spring.  Two  applications 
of  Paraquat  on  tall  fescue  after  growth  begins  in  spring  are 
effective  in  suppressing  the  sod,  permitting  alfalfa  to  become 
established. 

Fall  seeding  offers  the  advantage  of  less  weed  competition  but 
insect  pressure  and  soil  moisture  stress  are  usually  greater 
than  for  spring  seedings.  An  alternative  to  seeding  into  sod 
in  spring  is  to  graze  or  harvest  hay  until  late  July,  then 
spray  with  two  applications  of  Paraquat  and  sod-seed  by  mid- 
August.  Other  alternatives  are  to  graze  the  sod  in  spring  or 
take  a spring  hay  cutting.  Then  spray  the  mowed  or  grazed  sod 
with  1 qt.  of  Paraquat  per  acre  and  sod-seed  a summer  annual 
such  as  sorghum-sudangrass , millet,  or  perhaps  grain  sorghum- 
soybeans.  After  the  summer  annual  is  harvested  for  forage  in 
early  August,  allow  4-8  inches  of  regrowth,  apply  1-2  pt.  of 
Paraquat  per  acre,  and  then  seed  no-till.  Any  regrowth  by  the 
summer  annual  grass  or  growth  from  weeds  after  the  forage  crop 
is  seeded  should  be  mowed  if  it  reaches  a height  of  6-8  inches. 

SEEDING  INTO  SMALL  GRAIN 

There  are  several  ways  to  successfully  seed  alfalfa  or  other 
forages  no-till  into  a small  grain  crop  in  the  spring.  One 
method  is  to  spray  the  small  grain  with  1-2  pts.  of  Paraquat 
per  acre  when  growth  is  4-6  inches  tall,  then  seed  the  alfalfa. 
The  small  grain  will  make  regrowth  which  must  be  mowed  when 
5-6  inches  tall  to  prevent  smothering  the  alfalfa  seedlings. 

Forages  may  also  be  seeded  without  tillage  into  standing  (8- 
10  inches  tall)  small  grain  prior  to  harvesting  for  silage. 

Rye  harvested  for  silage  in  the  boot  stage  will  normally 
produce  regrowth  which  must  be  mowed  when  4-6  inches  tall  to 
reduce  comoetition  to  the  alfalfa  seedlings.  Barley  and 
wheat  cut  at  the  dough  stage  will  produce  very  little  regrowth. 

Forages  may  also  be  seeded  into  small  grain  stubble  after  a 
silage  or  grain  harvest.  If  the  silage  harvest  was  made  prior 
to  dough  stage,  wait  5-10  days  for  regrowth  to  develop,  then 
apply  1 pt.  of  Paraquat  per  acre  to  burn  back  the  regrowth 
and  kill  weed  seedlings.  If  the  harvest  was  made  at  dough 
stage  or  later,  apply  1 pt.  of  Paraquat  per  acre  immediately 
and  seed  the  alfalfa.  Since  grain  harvest  is  quite  late  in 
the  spring,  waiting  until  early  August  to  spray  with  1-2  pints 
of  Paraquat  per  acre  and  then  seeding  may  be  best.  Volunteer 
small  grain  must  be  mowed  after  the  seeding  if  it  reaches  a 
height  of  5-7  inches.  Another  option  is  to  apply  Paraquat 
and  seed  a summer  annual  grass  by  the  no-till  method  after 
the  small  grain  crop  is  removed.  The  forage  is  then  seeded 


100 


in  August  following  the  summer  annual  as  discussed  earlier. 
SEEDING  AFTER  CORN 

No-till  planting  of  forages  may  also  be  successful  in  fields 
planted  to  corn  the  previous  season.  Preferably,  the  field 
would  be  planted  to  a small  grain  cover  crop  in  the  fall,  but 
this  is  not  absolutely  necessary.  Caution  should  be  taken  that 
residues  from  herbicides  applied  for  the  corn  are  not  present 
in  the  spring.  When  the  intention  is  to  seed  no-till  in  the 
spring  following  corn,  short  residual  herbicides  such  as 
Bladex  and  Dual  or  Lasso  should  be  used  on  the  corn.  The 
seeding  can  be  done  in  mid-March  but  Paraquat  may  not  be 
needed  at  that  early  date  if  the  seedbed  is  free  of  weeds. 

Be  sure  the  seedbed  is  free  of  even  very  small  weeds  before 
deciding  not  to  apply  Paraquat. 


101 


TECHNIQUES  USING  ELECTRONIC  COMMUNICATIONS 


Clement  E.  Ward 
Oklahoma  State  University 


Those  of  us  in  extension  have  an  opportunity  to  utilize  modern 
communications  and  computer  technology  in  our  extension  pro- 
grams. Many  of  us  are  experiencing  a period  of  tight  budgets 
and  often  travel  and  printing  funds  are  among  the  first  areas 
targeted  for  reduction  when  belt  tightening  occurs.  Yet,  ex- 
tension faces  increasing  accountability  pressure  to  be  more 
effective.  Electronic  extension  delivery  is  one  means  of  reach- 
ing more  people  at  less  cost  than  some  of  the  more  traditional 
means,  namely  printed  extension  reports  and  county  level  meet- 
ings. This  does  not  mean  printed  materials  and  county  meetings 
will  be  replaced  entirely,  only  reduced  or  conducted  differently. 

My  experience  with  electronic  communications  and  computer  tech- 
nology comes  largely  from  work  with  electronic  marketing  of 
agricultural  commodities.  Let  me  mention  electronic  marketing 
briefly.  Electronic  marketing  involves  using  modern  communica- 
tions and  data  processing  technology  to  market  agricultural 
commodities , The  objective  is  to  create  a centralized  trading 
arena  where  all  potential  buyers  and  sellers  can  compete  and 
finalize  trades.  Buyers  and  sellers  use  telephones  or  computer 
terminals  to  communicate  with  others  in  the  market.  Commodities 
are  sold  based  on  description,  often  by  an  unbiased  or  impartial 
third  person.  Thus,  commodities  frequently  remain  on  the  farm 
until  the  sale  is  completed  and  an  acceptable  price  established. 

The  concept  of  electronic  marketing  is  not  new.  Electronic 
marketing  was  first  commercialized  in  1961  when  the  Ontario 
Pork  Producers  Marketing  Board  began  marketing  slaughter  hogs 
by  teletype  auction.  The  first  commercial  electronic  market  in 
the  U.S.  was  a telephone  auction  for  feeder  pigs,  begun  by  MFA 
Livestock  Marketing  Cooperative  in  Marshall,  Missouri  in  1965. 

The  first  application  of  computer  marketing  was  in  1975.  Plains 
Cotton  Cooperative  Association  of  Lubbock,  Texas  began  marketing 
cotton  over  a computer  network  called  TELCOT.  Another  applica- 
tion of  electronic  marketing  uses  video  communications  techno- 
logy. The  first  commercial  video  auction  began  in  Montana  for 


102 


feeder  cattle  in  1976. 


Now,  how  can  we  use  the  same  electronic  communications  and  com- 
puter technology  in  our  extension  programing  that  is  used  in 
marketing?  I will  discuss  three  broad  types  of  electronic 
technology  similar  to  three  broad  categories  of  electronic  mar- 
keting. First,  telephones;  second,  video  tape  and  television; 
and  third,  computers. 

USING  TELEPHONES  IN  EXTENSION  DELIVERY 

All  of  us  use  the  telephone  in  our  extension  programs  for  one- 
to-one  contact  with  clientele.  However,  two  offshoots  can  be 
especially  useful.  First  is  the  conference  telephone  for  tele- 
lecture or  teleconference  meetings  and  the  second  is  the  code- 
a-phone . 

A conference  telephone  connection  enables  several  people  at  one 
end  of  the  connection  to  talk  with  several  people  at  the  other 
end  of  the  connection.  Individuals  may  each  have  a phone  and 
be  in  separate  locations  or  a group  of  people  may  use  speakers 
and  microphones  with  just  one  phone  at  each  end  of  the 
connection . 

An  example  of  a telelecture  as  I use  the  term  is  when  I am  in 
my  office  and  presenting  extension  information  with  an  off-cam- 
pus group  at  one  location.  An  example  of  a teleconference  as 
I use  the  term,  is  when  I am  in  my  office  meeting  with  two  or 
more  off-campus  groups  at  two  or  more  locations.  OSU  agricul- 
tural economists  regularly  use  teleconferences  in  presenting 
livestock  and  grain  outlook  and  policy  information.  Telelec- 
tures or  teleconferences  usually  need  to  be  supplemented  with 
overhead  transparencies,  slides,  video  tapes,  or  on-site  demon- 
strations to  be  most  effective.  They  are  cost  effective  for 
small  groups  in  distant  locations  from  the  campus  or  when  you 
want  to  present  the  same  material  to  several  groups  in  several 
locations . 

A code-a-phone  is  similar  to  a telephone  answering  service 
which  all  of  us  are  familar  with.  At  OSU  we  also  use  code-a- 
phones  for  livestock  and  grain  outlook  information.  An  audio 
tape  recording  is  made  and  when  clientele  dial  a specific  phone 
number  (it  can  be  a regular  long  distance  number  or  an  800  or  a 
900  long  distance  number)  the  audio  tape  is  played  automatic- 
ally. This  is  particularly  useful  for  keeping  clientele  in- 
formed on  things  that  require  periodic  updates.  An  example  for 
agronomists  might  be  to  use  it  in  conjunction  with  plant  path- 
ologists and  entomologists  regarding  insect  and  disease  alerts 
and  prevention  or  management  solutions.  It  may  be  useful  in 
terms  of  seed  or  fertilization  rates,  varieties  and  other  fac- 
tors given  changing  weather  and  economic  conditions. 


103 


USING  VIDEO  TAPE  AND  TELEVISION  IN  EXTENSION  DELIVERY 


All  of  us  probably  have  developed  slide-tape  sets  in  our  exten- 
sion work.  While  useful,  slide-tape  sets  have  limitations. 

Video  tapes  often  overcome  some  of  those  limitations.  Video 
tapes  can  be  made  with  or  without  a great  deal  of  planning  and 
preparation.  For  example,  you  may  have  a specific  crop  field 
day  in  your  state.  Since  several  people  cannot  attend,  selec- 
ted segments  of  the  program  could  be  video  taped  while  they  are 
being  presented  and  the  tapes  made  available  to  groups  of  per- 
sons who  did  not  attend.  Even  among  those  who  are  present, 
some  participants  comment  that  they  would  like  to  see  or  hear 
a given  presentation  again.  Video  tapes  enable  them  to  do  that. 

Planned  video  tapes  may  be  made  without  the  live  audience  and 
then  the  tapes  can  be  used  in  an  educational  role.  These  tapes 
may  require  more  preparation.  Video  tapes  are  especially  use- 
ful because  of  the  voice  and  visual  editing  capabilities.  Video 
can  be  an  important  adjunct  to  a telelecture  or  a teleconference 
meeting  as  well  as  in-person  meetings  or  conferences.  Video 
tapes  may  also  be  edited  for  TV,  either  farm  or  news  programs 
or  educational  television. 

Two  economists  at  OSU  used  talk-back  television  to  conduct  an 
in-service  training  session  for  county  extension  directors. 
Talk-back  television  enables  viewers  at  several  locations  to 
watch  on  television  those  conducting  the  program.  In  our  ex- 
perience, the  studio  where  the  in-service  program  originated 
had  two  cameras.  One  was  in  front  of  us  enabling  us  to  use 
the  blackboard  or  flipcharts.  A second  was  overhead,  and 
pointed  toward  the  desktop  to  focus  on  papers,  worksheets,  dem- 
onstrations, or  other  materials  on  the  desk  or  table.  Slides, 
video  tapes,  or  demonstrations,  also  can  be  used  with  this 
type  of  presentation.  Dedicated  phone  lines  enable  participants 
to  talk  to  the  person  or  persons  conducting  the  program  or  to 
people  at  other  receiving  locations.  Our  experience  was  mixed. 
We  came  away  believing  in  the  usefulness  of  talkback  television, 
but  we  found  that  a practice  session  is  desirable  in  order  to 
effectively  make  use  of  visual  aids. 

Some  states  make  effective  use  of  educational  television.  Aud- 
ience numbers  are  smaller  compared  to  commercial  television  but 
time  is  more  available.  Therefore,  specialists  have  an  oppor- 
tunity to  delve  fairly  deeply  into  a given  subject  area  which 
they  cannot  normally  do  in  1^-3  minutes  time  for  personal  inter- 
views or  video  tapes  on  commercial  television. 

Video  tape  equipment,  talk-back  television  and  educational  tel- 
evision have  a high  fixed  cost.  However,  if  costs  are  measured 
in  terms  of  persons  reached,  their  cost  effectiveness  can  be 
argued  convincingly. 


104 


USING  COMPUTERS  IN  EXTENSION  DELIVERY 


This  is  truly  the  age  of  computers  and  we  need  to  make  the  best 
possible  use  of  this  available  technology.  Already,  many  states 
have  micro-computers  in  all  their  county  extension  offices. 

While  part  of  the  reason  for  this  is  for  office  management, 
there  are  a number  of  other  potential  uses  for  us  as  state 
specialists.  One  use  is  electronic  mail.  We  can  instantly 
send  written  information  to  area  and  county  extension  staff  and 
thereby  keep  them  up  to  date.  We  can  send  tabular  and  graphic 
material  as  well  as  word  charts  from  which  they  can  make  over- 
head transparencies  for  telelectures  and  teleconference  meetings. 
By  combining  electronic  mail  and  word  processing,  we  can  tailor 
extension  information  to  whatever  part  of  the  state  or  specific 
commodity  is  appropriate.  For  example,  variety  tests  may  be 
tailored  to  specific  parts  of  the  state  based  on  the  annual 
precipitation  levels  and  soil  types. 

In  a similar  manner,  state  specialists  can  receive  reports  from 
farmers  and  extension  staff  by  electronic  mail.  For  example, 
area  or  county  extension  staff  might  report  such  things  as 
planting  or  harvesting  progress,  and  rainfall  and  pasture  cond- 
itions. We  then  can  use  such  information  in  timely  educational 
programs.  Such  timeliness  may  enable  us  to  identify  the  teach- 
able moment  and  capitalize  on  it. 

Perhaps  because  of  my  economic  bias,  one  of  the  greatest  advan- 
tages of  micro-computers  is  their  usefulness  in  making  more 
accurate,  timely,  complex,  and  complete  management  decisions. 
Complex  interdisciplinary  decision  models  can  be  developed  and 
made  readily  available  to  teach  producers  fundamental  agronomic 
and  economic  principles.  You  can  probably  think  of  better  ap- 
plications than  I can,  but  three  examples  of  decision  aids 
might  include:  (1)  studying  the  interrelationship  between 
weather,  soil  type,  and  other  factors  to  determine  the  desir- 
ability of  low-till  versus  conventional  planting;  (2)  studying 
the  relationships  between  planting  time,  weather,  soil  type, 
and  of  selected  plant  varieties  to  fertilizers,  to  determine 
optimum  fertilization  amounts  and  timing;  and  (3)  studying  the 
trade-off  between  possible  insect  and  disease  damage  and  yield 
loss  versus  cost  of  control  measures,  to  determine  the  type  and 
amount  of  insect  control  for  various  crops. 

CONCLUSIONS 

Modern  communication  and  computer  technology  is  changing  the 
role  of  extension.  No  longer  can  we  continue  doing  what  has 
worked  well  for  us  in  the  past.  Our  clientele  is  becoming  more 
sophisticated  and  demanding  more  from  extension,  despite  not 
providing  us  with  many  resources  as  in  the  past.  The  challenge 
is  clear,  we  must  adapt  our  extension  programs  and  delivery 
systems  to  the  technology  or  lose  clientele  support. 


105 


COMPUTERIZED  HAY  MARKETING 


Gerrit  W.  Cuperus 
Oklahoma  State  University 


Alfalfa  is  the  only  major  crop  in  the  United  States  with  no 
organized  marketing  system.  In  Oklahoma,  alfalfa  is  commonly 
grown  for  stables  and  dairies  throughout  Oklahoma  and  surround- 
ing states.  A large  proportion  of  Oklahoma  alfalfa  is  raised 
and  sold  to  other  producers.  This  transaction  has  histori- 
cally been  a risky  and  often  non-profitable  undertaking  for 
both  buyers  and  sellers.  Growers  have  often  had  insufficient 
information  about  potential  buyers,  their  hay  needs,  and  how 
much  they  are  willing  to  pay.  Buyers  lack  information  about 
where  and  how  much  hay  is  for  sale,  its  quality  and  how  much 
growers  want  for  it.  Thus,  a more  efficient  marketing  system 
would  result  in  (1)  better  information  for  both  buyers  and 
seller  on  hay  demands  and  supplies,  and  (2)  better  market  in- 
formation on  hay  prices  based  on  quality  factors.  Haymarket,  a 
computerized  alfalfa  marketing  system,  is  designed  to  bring 
buyers  and  sellers  together. 

The  Oklahoma  Alfalfa  Hay  and  Seed  Association  (OAH&SA)  is  the 
sponsoring  organization  for  Haymarket.  Haymarket  is  designed 
to  serve  two  purposes:  (1)  Locator  Service  and  (2)  First 
Evaluation.  From  the  Haymarket  information,  buyers  will  know 
the  location  of  alfalfa  and  its  relative  quality.  An  un- 
biased third  party  grader  will  visually  grade  the  alfalfa  for 
maturity  (3  catagories),  foreign  material  (type  and  amount), 
and  color  (4  catagories).  Random  core  samples  are  also  taken 
for  percent  crude  protein  and  moisture.  The  visual  evaluation 
attempts  to  answer  some  of  the  questions  a buyer  would  ask  over 
the  phone.  All  graders  must  be  approved  by  the  OAH&SA  Board 
of  Directors  and  complete  training  once/year. 

Information  currently  mailed  to  over  500  potential  buyers 
includes:  grower  name,  address,  and  phone  numbers,  harvest 
package,  cutting,  tons,  percent  protein  and  moisture,  sample 
date,  foreign  matter  (type  and  amount),  maturity,  color,  and 


106 


comments.  Information  will  also  be  available  in  a dial-up 
basis  by  potential  buyers  using  a computer  terminal.  Cost  for 
growers  is  $ 1 0/ 1 ot  (1  cutting  off  1 field)  plus  $6  for  chemical 
analysis. 

Receptivity  from  both  buyers  and  sellers  has  been  extremely 
favorable.  Both  buyers  and  sellers  see  opportunity  to  reduce 
their  costs  and  increase  profitable  marketing.  Potential 
benefits  to  producers  could  be  as  high  as  $10/ton. 


107 


EFFECT  OF  FERTILIZER  APPLICATION  AND  GRAZING  MANAGEMENT  ON 
GRAZED  NEW  ZEALAND  HILL  COUNTRY 

M.  Greg  Lambert  and  David  A.  Clark 

Grasslands  Division,  DSIR,  New  Zealand 


INTRODUCTION 

Approximately  13  million  ha,  or  50%,  of  New  Zealand's  area  is 
pastoral,  supporting  populations  of  2.9  million  dairy  cattle, 

5 million  beef  cattle,  and  70  million  sheep.  Some  70%  of 
export  income  is  from  sale  of  agricultural,  horticultural,  and 
silvicultural  products,  and  85%  of  this  is  from  wool,  meat,  and 
dairy  products. 

About  4.5  million  ha  is  classed  as  hill  country  (Brougham  and 
Grant  1976),  including  land  with  soils  from  volcanic  to  sedi- 
mentary origin,  annual  rainfall  from  350  to  2,500  mm,  and 
altitude  from  sea  level  to  1,000  m.  Pastures  in  hill  country 
are  "permanent,"  are  grazed  year-round,  and  emphasis  is  on 
minimum  use  of  conserved  feed.  Primary  limitations  to  pasture 
production  are  water  supply  in  the  warm  season,  and  soil  N 
supply  at  all  times  other  than  during  drought.  Irrigation  is 
rarely  practiced;  the  major  N input  to  the  pastoral  N cycle  is 
N fixation  by  legumes,  and  fertilizer  N is  generally  used  only 
to  boost  pasture  growth  to  overcome  seasonal  feed  deficiencies. 

In  hill  country,  farm  income  is  generated  mainly  from  sales  of 
wool  (43%) , sheep  (29%)  , and  beef  cattle  (24%)  (NZMWBES  1983) . 

Profitability  per  hectare  is  a major  determinant  in  making 
management  decisions.  Increases  in  per  hectare  productivity 
and  profitability  are  sought  through  attention  to  fertilizer 
application  regime,  stocking  rate,  grazing  management,  genetic 
merit  of  livestock,  introduction  of  superior  pasture  cultivars/ 
species,  and  control  of  brush  weeds. 

The  trial  described  here  was  initiated  to  investigate 
influences  of  two  of  the  above  variables,  fertilizer 
application  and  grazing  management,  on  low  fertility,  "moist" 
hill  country  in  the  North  Island  of  New  Zealand. 


108 


EXPERIMENTAL  PROCEDURES 


The  trial  is  in  progress  currently,  although  with  modified 
experimental  treatments,  at  "Ballantrae, " a hill  country 
research  area  of  Grasslands  Division,  DSIR,  located  near 
Palmerston  North  at  latitude  40°S,  and  125-350  m altitude. 
Average  annual  rainfall  is  about  1,280  mm,  relatively  evenly 
distributed,  and  average  (max.  + min./2)  1.2  m air  temperature 
is  16.1°C  in  February  and  7.2°C  in  July.  Soils  are  derived 
from  Tertiary  sediments. 

Ninety-nine  ha  of  dissected  hill  country  was  divided  into  10 
f armlets.  Treatments  were  two  fertilizer  levels  (LF  = 11  kg  P 
ha-^  yr“l  as  superphosphate,  HF  = 57  kg  P ha-^-  yr“l  plus  lime) 
and  three  grazing  managements  [rotationally  grazed  Angus 
breeding  cows  (RGC) ; rotationally  grazed  breeding  ewes  (RGS) ; 
set  stocked  ewes  (SSS) ] , in  factorial  arrangement  with 
replication  (3X)  of  SSS  at  both  fertilizer  levels.  Legume 
(white,  red,  and  subterranean  clovers,  and  big  trefoil)  seed 
was  oversown  in  order  to  ensure  a responsive  pasture  legume 
component.  Only  small  amounts  of  fertilizer  had  been  applied 
in  previous  years,  and  soil  available  P status  was  very  low. 

RGC  and  RGS  animals  were  allocated  a new  area  of  pasture  three 
times  each  week;  rotation  length  was  longest  in  winter  (55- 
70  days)  and  shortest  in  spring  (21-25  days) . "Set  stocking" 
was  continuous  grazing  at  constant  stocking  rate  throughout 
the  year,  apart  from  natural  increase  which  occurred  in  all 
grazing  managements.  Young  stock  were  removed  from  all 
f armlets  at  weaning.  Stocking  rate  was  the  same  across 
grazing  managements  within  each  fertilizer  level,  and  was 
higher  for  the  HF  than  the  LF  level.  Stocking  rate  was 
increased  in  annual  increments  from  6.5  (in  1975)  to  12.0  (in 
1981)  stock  units  [(SU)  1 SU  = 1 ewe  plus  lamb(s)  to  weaning; 

1 cow  plus  calf  to  weaning  = 6 SU]  ha“l  on  LF  f armlets,  and 
from  8.8  to  16.1  SU  ha-1  on  HF  f armlets.  Increase  in  stocking 
rate  was  designed  to  maintain  similar  grazing  pressure  as 
pasture  production  increased  in  response  to  treatments. 

Lambert  et  al.  (1983)  give  more  details  of  experimental  design 
and  procedure. 

Measurements  of  pasture  and  soil  parameters,  and  of  animal 
performance,  were  made  during  the  period  considered  here — 1975 
to  1982. 


109 


RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 


Pastures 


Pasture  production,  measured  by  a "trim  technique"  using 
grazing  exclosures,  was  more  strongly  influenced  by  fertilizer 
application  than  grazing  management  treatments  (Table  1) . 
Response  in  the  first  year  was  only  9%  in  favor  of  HF,  but 
subsequently  was  21-50%.  This  lag  occurred  while  legumes 
responded  to  fertilizer  application,  and  soil  N availability 
was  increased  as  a result  of  cycling  of  symbiotically  fixed  N 
through  animal  excreta  and  pasture  decay  cycles.  Small-plot 
trials  (Lambert  and  Grant  1980)  indicated  that  fertilizer 
level  differences  were  due  predominantly  to  the  superphosphate 
rather  than  the  lime  component  of  the  HF  regime. 

Pasture  production  was  similar  on  sheep-grazed  treatments,  but 
over  the  6-year  period  an  average  depression  of  about  9% 
occurred  on  RGC  f armlets.  This  was  probably  a consequence  of 
treading  damage  while  soils  were  very  wet  in  winter  and  early 
spring.  Herbage  mass  measurements,  coupled  with  estimates  of 
animal  intake,  indicated  that  RGS  pastures  actually  had  20% 
higher  growth  rates  in  spring  and  early  summer , or  about  12% 
on  an  annual  basis,  than  did  SSS  pastures.  It  appeared  that 
the  trim  technique  we  used  overestimated  production  in  grazed 
SSS  pastures  more  than  in  grazed  RGS  pastures  (Field  et  al. 
1981) . This  was  probably  a result  of  reproductive  tillers 
being  more  frequently  defoliated  in  SSS  than  in  RGS  pastures 
(Clark  et  al.  1982).  As  a consequence,  the  reproductive  surge 
which  occurs  during  spring  and  early  summer  was  depressed  more 
in  SSS  than  RGS  pastures. 

Botanical  composition  was  influenced  by  treatments  (Table  1) . 
HF  pastures  had  higher  ryegrass  and  legume  and  lower  low- 
fertility-  tolerant  (LFT)  grass  content  than  LF  pastures.  RGC 
pastures  were  more  legume-  and  ryegrass-dominant  and  had  lower 
LFT  grass  content  than  sheep-grazed  pastures.  The  lower 
density  of  the  RGC  pastures  probably  favored  legume  growth, 
and  treading  damage  gave  ryegrass  a competitive  advantage  over 
the  more  susceptible  LFT  grasses. 

Pasture  structure  was  influenced  by  grazing  management. 

Density  was  reduced  by  rotational  grazing,  especially  with 
cattle  (Table  1) , and  the  fewer  plant  parts  tended  to  be 
proportionately  larger  in  these  pastures.  Vertical 
distribution  of  biomass  differed  for  the  relatively  prostrate 
SSS  and  erect  rotationally  grazed  pastures,  e.g.,  55%  of 
above-ground  biomass  was  below  10  mm  in  SSS  pastures,  but  only 
35%  in  rotationally  grazed  pastures.  This  difference  could 
make  rotationally  grazed  pastures  more  susceptible  to  damage 
from  overgrazing. 


110 


Table  1. — Pasture  characteristics.  Averages  for  1975-81 


Fertilizer 

Management 

LF  HF 

RGC  RGS  SSS 

Pasture  production 
(kg  DM  ha-1  yr~l) 

8910 

11640 

9580  10600  10390 

Botanical  composition  (%) 
Legumes 

13 

17 

19  13  13 

Ryegrass  ^ 

18 

25 

28  22  18 

LFT  grasses 

49 

19 

36  47  50 

Pasture  structure 

Density  (units  m“2  x 10^) 
Grass  tiller  wgt.  (mg) 
White  clover  leaf  size 
(cm^  leaf"-'-) 

15  23  28 

5.6  4.1  3.4 

1.1  0.6  0.6 

Low-fertility-tolerant  grasses:  mainly  bentgrass  ( Agrostis 
spp.),  sweet  vernal  ( Anthoxanthum  odoratwi) , crested  dogstail 
(Cynosurus  oristatus) . 


Nutrient  Cycling 

N fixation,  measured  by  the  acetylene  reduction  method,  was 
approximately  30  kg  N ha-^  yr--'-  in  1974/75  (Grant  and  Lambert 
1979),  before  treatments  were  imposed.  In  1976/77  N fixation 
had  increased  to  70  and  120  in  sheep-grazed  LF  and  HF  pastures, 
respectively,  and  110  and  250  in  RGC-LF  and  RGC-HF  pastures, 
respectively.  Available  N status  of  soils  (to  75  mm  depth) , 
assessed  by  a modified  stress  labile  N (Ayanaba  et  al.  1976) 
method  in  1980,  was  higher  in  HF  (69  kg  N ha--'-)  than  LF  (55  kg 
N ha“l)  soils.  Although  of  low  statistical  significance  (P  = 
0.25),  RGC  soils  had  a larger  pool  of  labile  N (71  kg  N ha"-'-) 
than  soils  under  sheep  grazing  (59  kg  N ha"-'-) . These  values 
are  in  accord  with  measured  differences  in  N fixation.  In 
years  2-5  of  the  trial,  legume  content  decreased  at  both 
fertilizer  levels;  this  appeared  to  be  associated  with  an 
increase  in  soil  N availability  and  resultant  increased 
competitiveness  of  associated  grasses. 

Earthworm  populations,  estimated  in  1979  using  a formalin- 
extraction  method,  were  24%  higher  in  HF  than  LF  soils, 
presumably  a result  of  increased  organic  cycling. 


Ill 


Table  2. — Average  animal  production  (kg/ha)  during  1975-82. 


Fertilizer 

Management 

LF 

HF 

RGC 

RGS 

SSS 

Wool 

53 

69 

— — 

61 

61 

Lamb 

liveweight 

215 

297 

— 

244 

268 

Calf 

liveweight 

220 

279 

250 

— 

Animal  Production 

HF  sheep-grazed  treatments  yielded  31%  more  wool  ha--^  and  38% 
more  weaned  lamb  liveweight  ha~l  than  LF  sheep-grazed 
treatments  (Table  2) . A similar  difference  between  fertilizer 
levels  existed  for  calf  production  from  RGC  farmlets  (27%) . 
These  increased  production  levels  were  almost  entirely  a 
consequence  of  the  higher  stocking  rates  maintained  on  the  HF 
farmlets  in  order  to  ensure  similar  utilization  of  pasture 
across  fertilizer  levels  (Clark  and  Lambert  1982). 

Wool  production  was  not  different  for  RGS  and  SSS  treatments 
(Table  2) . Lamb  production  tended  to  be  greater  from  SSS 
farmlets  in  early  years  of  the  trial,  at  lower  stocking  rates. 
In  1981/82,  at  a much  higher  stocking  rate  than  that  employed 
by  commercial  farmers,  RGS  farmlets  had  higher  lamb 
production. 

Pasture/Animal  Interface 


In  hill  country  farming,  the  farmer  attempts  to  match  feed 
supply  and  animal  requirement,  without  recourse  to  large 
inputs  of  conserved  feed.  Figure  1 illustrates  typical 
pasture  growth  and  animal  requirement  curves  in  our  LF  sheep- 
grazed  systems,  if  stocked  at  10  SU  ha-^.  Mating  was  in  early 
April,  lambing  in  September,  and  weaning  in  early  January. 
Comparison  of  the  two  curves  indicates  that  animal 
requirements  exceeded  pasture  growth  during  mid-July  to  mid- 
September,  and  growth  exceeded  requirements  at  other  times. 

Two  large  buffers  operated  to  smooth  these  inequalities : 

(i)  Animal  intake  was  restricted  to  below  maintenance 
during  the  period  of  low  pasture  growth,  resulting 
in  weight  loss.  Weight  gain  occurred  later  in  the 
year  when  pasture  growth  rates  were  higher.  Average 
annual  minimum  and  maximum  liveweights  for  our 
experimental  animals  were  46.1  and  53.3  kg  for  ewes, 
and  406  and  473  kg  for  cows,  i.e.,  an  annual  weight 
loss  of  17%  and  14%,  respectively,  from  maximum  to 
minimum. 


112 


CL 


Winter  Spring  Summer  Fall 

Figure  1. — Pasture  growth  and  animal  requirements  in  low 

fertilizer,  sheep-grazed  systems  stocked  at  10  SU  ha“l. 


(ii)  Mean  pasture  availability  varied  throughout  the 

year,  from  about  2,500  kg  DM  ha“^  above  ground  level 
during  summer  to  about  1,100  kg  DM  ha--*-  at  the  end 
of  winter,  prior  to  onset  of  rapid  spring  growth. 

Despite  these  buffers,  critically  low  pasture  availability 
can  occur  in  winter  or  during  drought,  and  in  order  to  prevent 
excessive  stock  losses  farmers  use  fertilizer  N to  boost  cool- 
season  pasture  growth,  or  supplement  with  conserved  feed. 
Rotational  grazing  through  the  winter  makes  it  easier  to  carry 
autumn-grown  pasture  forward  to  the  late  winter  when  feed 
supplies  are  low. 

Excessively  high  pasture  availability  can  be  a problem  in  wet 
summers.  High  levels  of  dead  and  senescing  plant  material 
limit  the  ability  of  animals  to  select  a high-quality  diet. 

It  is  our  belief  that  a flexible  approach  to  grazing  manage- 
ment can  be  advantageous.  During  periods  of  low  pasture 
availability,  growth  can  be  enhanced  by  rotational  grazing. 

We  also  believe  that  when  growth  conditions  are  favorable,  and 
pasture  availability  reaches  levels  which  do  not  restrict 
animal  intake,  then  set  stocking  can  maintain  quality  of 
pastures  at  a higher  level  than  if  rotational  grazing  was 
implemented.  This  increase  in  quality  may  have  to  be  balanced 
against  decreased  pasture  productivity.  However,  where  major 


nutrient-supply  limitations  to  legume  growth  exist  in  grass- 
legume  pastures,  alleviation  of  these  limitations  will 
probably  elicit  far  greater  responses  in  animal  production 
than  will  sophistication  of  grazing  management. 

REFERENCES 

Brougham,  R.W.,  and  Grant,  D.A. 

1976.  Hill  country  farming  in  New  Zealand.  Hill  Lands, 
Proc.  Itit.  Symp.,  pp.  18-23. 

Clark,  D.A.,  and  Lambert,  M.G. 

1982.  Animal  production  from  hill  country:  effect  of 
fertiliser  and  grazing  management.  Proc.  N.Z. 

Soc.  Anim.  Prod.  43:  173-175. 

Clark,  D.A.;  Lambert,  M.G.;  and  Chapman,  D.F. 

1982.  Pasture  management  and  hill  country  production. 

Proc.  N.Z.  Grassl.  Assoc.  43:  205-214. 

Field,  T.R.O.;  Clark,  D.A.;  and  Lambert,  M.G. 

1981.  Modelling  a hill-country  sheep  production  system. 
Proc.  N.Z.  Soc.  Anim.  Prod.  41:  90-94. 

Grant,  D.A.,  and  Lambert,  M.G. 

1979.  Nitrogen  fixation  in  pasture.  V.  Unimproved 

North  Island  hill  country,  "Ballantrae. " N.Z.  J. 
Exp.  Agric.  7:  19-22. 

Lambert,  M.G.;  Clark,  D.A.;  Grant,  D.A.;  Costall,  D.A.;  and 
Fletcher,  R.H. 

1983.  Influence  of  fertiliser  and  grazing  management  on 
North  Island  moist  hill  country.  1.  Herbage 
accumulation.  N.Z.  J.  Agric.  Res.  26:  in  press. 

Lambert,  M.G.,  and  Grant,  D.A. 

1980.  Fertiliser  and  lime  effects  on  some  southern  North 
Island  hill  pastures.  N.Z.  J.  Exp.  Agric.  8: 
223-229. 

NZMWBES . 

1983.  Supplement  to  the  Sheep  and  Beef  Farm  Survey  1980- 
81.  N.Z.  Meat  and  Wool  Boards’  Economic  Service 
Pub.  No.  1873. 


114 


RECENT  PROGRESS  IN  FORAGE  PRODUCTION  AND  UTILIZATION  IN 
SCOTLAND 

Thomas  David  Alexander  Forbes 
Oklahoma  State  University 


INTRODUCTION 

The  production  and  utilization  of  forage,  both  indigenous  and 
sown,  from  hill  land  has  been  one  of  the  most  important  areas 
of  research  since  the  Hill  Farming  Research  Organization  was 
established  in  1954.  Early  studies  examined  the  ecological 
status  of  the  indigenous  hill  vegetation,  its  origin  and  its 
relationship  with  soil  type,  and  with  grazing  and  burning 
managements.  Since  then  work  has  been  carried  out  on  the  es- 
tablishment and  maintenance  of  sown  pastures,  particularly  the 
role  played  by  white  clover,  on  the  improvement  of  utilization 
of  hill  and  upland  swards  by  grazing  animals  and  on  the  ef- 
fects of  utilization  by  grazing  animals  on  growth  and  produc- 
tion of  hill  pasture,  among  a very  large  number  of  research 
activities . 

THE  INDIGENOUS  VEGETATION  AND  LIMITATIONS  TO  ITS  PRODUCTION 

Table  1 summarizes  the  general  relationships  between  the  soils 
and  the  main  vegetation  types  of  the  hill.  The  groupings  are 
divided  on  the  basis  of  soil  drainage  and  soil  acidity,  with 
the  emphasis  on  agricultural  importance.  On  soils  with  a pH 
above  5.3  (mull  soils)  the  vegetation  is  a high  grade 
Agrosti s-Festuca  grassland  with  a large  number  of  forbs  and 
most  importantly  with  white  clover  present.  Grazing  pressures 
are  high  and  nutrient  turnovers  and  decomposition  processes 
are  rapid.  On  soils  between  pH  4.5  and  5.0  species  poor 
Agrostis-Festuca  grasslands  are  found;  clover  is  absent,  de- 
composition is  slower  and  humus  tends  to  build  up.  On  still 
more  acidic  sites  with  pH  of  less  than  4.5  (mor  soils)  shrub 
or  grass  heath  may  occur  depending  on  past  burning  or  grazing 
history.  The  dominant  species  are  those  that  are  little 
grazed  such  as  Nardus  stricta  and  Mol  ini  a caerulea  and  humus 
begins  to  build  up  as  peat.  On  the  most  poorly  drained  sites 
acid  peat  bogs  occur. 


115 


Table  1.  Summary  of  the  main  soil  and  vegetation  types  of 
the  Scottish  hills. 


Soi  1 

pH 

Vegetation  type 

Brown  earth 
freely  drained 

5.3  - 

6.0 

Agrosti s-Festuca  grassland 
high  grade  or  spp.  rich 

Gleys 

poorly  drained 

5.3  - 

6.0 

As  above  with  wet-land  spp 
Carex,  Juncus 

Brown  earth 
freely  drained 

4.5  - 

5.2 

Festuca-Agrost i s grassland 
low  grade  or  spp . poor 

Gleys 

poorly  drained 

4.5  - 

5.2 

As  above  Nardus  and 
wet-land  spp.  Carex, 

Juncus 

Podsol s 

Peaty  podsol s 
freely  drained 

4.0  - 

4.5 

Nardus  or  Deschampsia/ 
Festuca  grass  heath 
or 

Calluna  shrub  heath 

Peaty  gleys 
poorly  drained 

4.0  - 

4.5 

Mol  ini  a grass  heath 

or 

Cal  1 una/Mol i ni a heath 

Deep  blanket 
peat 

poorly  drained 

3.5  - 

4.0 

Trichophorum/Er iophorum/ 

Cal  1 una  bog 

At  the  highest  elevations  climatic  factors  impose  overriding 
limitations  on  herbage  production,  but  elsewhere  on  the  hill 
the  interactions  between  climate,  altitude,  soil  and  vegeta- 
tion variously  limit  pasture  production,  and  thus  potential 
production  varies  considerably  from  site  to  site.  As  altitude 
increases,  so  temperatures  decline  and  the  length  of  the  grow- 
ing season  is  reduced.  Delay  to  the  start  of  growth  in  the 
spring  can  be  a considerable  problem  particularly  since  the 
demands  of  the  lambing  and  lactating  ewe  are  at  a peak. 

Problems  of  soil  wetness  combined  with  soil  acidity  are  of 
considerable  importance  in  determining  herbage  production. 
Decomposition  rate  is  largely  controlled  by  soil  acidity  and 


116 


this  may  be  the  limiting  factor  to  the  cycling  of  nutrients  in 
the  soi 1 -pi  ant-animal  system  (Floate,  1970). 

Limitations  to  hill  land  pasture  production  are  due  to  five 
groups  of  factors  - climate,  site,  soil,  vegetation  and  man- 
agement (HFRO,  1979).  Some,  such  as  climate  and  site,  are  per- 
manent; others  can  be  corrected  at  a greater  or  lesser  cost. 
Most  recent  work  has  concentrated  on  reducing  the  limitations 
due  to  soil,  vegetation  and  management.  Limitations  to  pas- 
ture use  are  two-fold:  where  the  quality  of  the  herbage  is 
good,  the  quantity  of  pasture  and  its  regrowth  capabilities 
are  limiting;  where  quality  is  low,  the  extent  and  pattern  of 
pasture  use  is  limited  by  the  nutritional  penalties  to  the 
grazing  animal.  Only  the  acid  grassland  falls  into  the  former 
category;  the  use  of  all  other  communities  is  limited  by  the 
quality  of  the  herbage. 

Much  of  the  early  work  on  the  improvement  of  indigenous  pas- 
ture, which  highlighted  the  shortness  of  the  growing  season  of 
hill  pasture,  together  with  a better  understanding  of  the  nu- 
trional  requirements  of  hill  sheep  led  eventually  to  the  form- 
ulation of  the  two-pasture  system  (Eadie,  1970).  The  two- 
pasture  system  requires  that  a small  area  of  ground  (1  ha/15 
ewes)  be  reseeded  and  managed  alongside  unimproved  hill 
ground.  The  improved  pasture  is  used  to  provide  feed  of  im- 
proved quality  during  the  critical  periods  of  lactation,  pre- 
mating and  mating.  A consequence  of  the  provision  of  improved 
pasture  is  that  pasture  utilization  improves  overall  and  gen- 
erally allows  for  an  increase  in  stock  number.  A certain 
degree  of  supplementation  with  hay  and/or  concentrates  is  nec- 
essary during  late  pregnancy. 

As  the  two-pasture  system  continued  to  be  developed,  various 
problem  areas  were  highlighted  as  requiring  further  basic  re- 
search. They  included  the  important  role  of  clover  in  the  im- 
proved pasture  and  the  need  to  maintain  the  clover  population, 
the  improvement  of  utilization  of  indigenous  pasture  by  both 
cattle  and  sheep,  and  the  effects  of  utilization  by  sheep  and 
cattle  on  the  growth  and  production  of  improved  hill  pasture. 

THE  ROLE  OF  CLOVER  IN  IMPROVED  HILL  PASTURES 

The  availability  of  nitrogen  is  a key  factor  in  the  productiv- 
ity of  hill  pastures.  Nitrogen,  unlike  lime  and  phosphate,  is 
rapidly  lost  from  the  soil  and  thus  requires  repeated  applica- 
tion. Hill  pastures  are  frequently  difficult  to  reach  and  ap- 
plication of  fertilizer  is  becoming  increasingly  expensive. 
Newbould  and  Haystead  (1978)  have  discussed  the  role  of  white 
clover  in  hill  pasture  and  the  biological  reasons  for  its  im- 
portance. Early  work  indicated  that  the  appropriate  strains 
of  Rhizobium  are  not  always  present  in  all  hill  soils  or  in 
sufficient  numbers  to  form  an  effective  symbiosis  (Holding 
and  King,  1963;  Singer,  Holding  and  King,  1964).  More  recent 


117 


studies  (HFRO  Biennial  Report,  1982)  have  examined  the  rela- 
tionships between  mycorrhiza  and  white  clover,  particularly 
since  phosphorus  uptake  is  thought  to  be  increased  with  effec- 
tive mycorrhiza/  white  clover  symbiosis  and  since  once  soil 
acidity  has  been  corrected  phosphorus  is  the  nutrient  most 
likely  to  restrict  clover  growth.  The  results  so  far  have  in- 
dicated that  as  with  Rhizobium/c lover  interactions  some 
strains  may  be  more  beneficial  than  others.  Other  basic  re- 
search is  being  carried  out  on  the  rate  of  nitrogen  fixation 
and  the  influence  of  defoliation  on  the  rate  of  fixation  and 
on  the  overall  nitrogen  economy  of  the  clover  plant.  Results 
indicate  that  the  rate  of  fixation  is  influenced  by  the  degree 
of  Rhizobium/ white  clover  association  and  by  the  supply  of 
photosynthate  to  the  roots.  Post-defoliation  leaves  and  grow- 
ing shoots  are  priority  sinks  for  nitrogen  with  most  of  this 
nitrogen  coming  from  already  assimilated  nitrogen,  mainly  from 
stolon  material.  Evidence  for  the  transfer  of  nitrogen  from 
white  clover  to  grass  is  somewhat  inconclusive  with  l^N 
enrichments  of  grass  in  pure  and  mixed  swards  differing  only 
slightly  (HFRO  Biennial  Report,  1982). 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  OF  UTILIZATION  OF  INDIGENOUS  HILL  PLANT  COM- 
MUNITIES 

Investigations  into  the  improvement  of  utilization  of  indige- 
nous hill  plant  communities  began  in  1977  and  the  first  phase, 
designed  to  study  nutrient  intake,  ingestive  behaviour  and 
diet  selection  ended  in  1980.  A second  phase  will  examine  the 
effect  of  controlled  grazing  on  the  botanical  composition  of 
these  communities,  their  herbage  production  and  nutritive  val- 
ue, and  the  nutrient  intake  of  animals  grazing  them  (HFRO 
Biennial  Report,  1982).  Prior  to  this  study  the  only  avail- 
able information  related  to  Cal  1 una-dominant  heather  moor 
(Grant  et  al . , 1978;  Milne  et  aj_. , 1979)  and  Agrosti s-Festuca 
grassland  TFadie,  1967;  Nicholson,  1967). 

Measurements  were  made  on  six  communities- 

1.  Agrosti s/Festuca  grassland. 

2.  Nardus  stricta  - dominant  dry  grass  heath. 

3.  Mol  ini  a caerulea  - dominant  wet  grass  heath. 

4.  Cal  1 una  vul gar i s - dominant  heather  moor. 

5.  Cal luna/Eriophorum/Trichophorum  blanket  bog. 

6.  Perennial  ryegrass  (Lolium  perenne)  sown  pasture. 

The  perennial  ryegrass  pasture  was  included  to  act  as  a link 
with  other  studies  on  sown  swards  at  H.F.R.O.  and  elsewhere. 

Detailed  observations  on  herbage  intake,  diet  digestibility, 
intake  per  bite,  rate  of  biting  and  grazing  time  were  made  on 
cattle  and  sheep  grazing  together  on  the  grass  and  grass  heath 
communities  (Forbes,  1982).  Detailed  studies  were  made  at  the 
same  time  on  associations  between  sward  structure,  botanical 
composition,  ingestive  behaviour,  diet  selection  and  herbage 


118 


intake.  On  the  indigenous  swards  the  cattle  and  sheep  selec- 
ted diets  of  similar  organic  matter  digestibility  except  in 
the  spring  and  autumn  on  short  swards  where  the  sheep  obtained 
diets  5 to  12  units  of  digestibility  higher  than  those  of  the 
cattle.  Intake  per  bite  was  found  to  be  the  major  determinant 
of  daily  herbage  intake  in  both  species,  and  was  influenced 
primarily  by  sward  height.  Where  intake  per  bite  declined  due 
to  declining  sward  height,  rate  of  biting  increased  (Fig.  1). 


Figure  1.  The  relationships  between  intake  per  bite, 
rates  of  biting  and  sward  height  (Forbes  1982). 


Increases  in  grazing  time  occurred  where  intake  per  bite  was 
particularly  low,  but  the  response  was  not  consistent.  The 
cattle  responded  to  increases  in  sward  bulk  density  by  in- 
creasing rate  of  biting;  the  sheep  increased  grazing  time. 

The  cattle  responded  to  an  increasing  leaf:  stem  ratio  by  de- 
creasing rate  of  biting;  the  sheep  reduced  grazing  time.  Very 
low  intakes  per  bite  in  the  early  spring  on  short  swards, 
where  the  digestibility  of  the  diet  selected  was  low,  due  to  a 
low  green  to  dead  ratio,  led  to  digestible  organic  matter  in- 
takes by  the  cattle  that  were  barely  adequate  for  maintenance. 


119 


The  cattle  consistently  ate  higher  proportions  of  green  flower 
heads  and  stems  whilst  the  sheep  consistently  ate  higher 
proportions  of  forbs.  To  obtain  these  diets  the  cattle  grazed 
the  surface  horizons  whilst  the  sheep  grazed  the  base  of  the 
sward.  On  short  swards  in  spring  the  cattle  were  unable  to 
avoid  eating  a higher  proportion  of  dead  herbage  than  the 
sheep. 

The  cattle  and  sheep  altered  their  ingestive  behaviour  in  a 
consistent  manner  across  the  range  of  swards.  Changes  in  diet 
selection  varied  to  a greater  extent  within  season  than  within 
swards.  The  selective  ability  of  the  sheep  allowed  them  to 
maintain  the  nutrient  concentration  of  their  diets.  The  cat- 
tle modified  their  grazing  behaviour  to  allow  them  to  maximize 
nutrient  intake,  particularly  in  the  summer  months.  The  dif- 
ferent grazing  strategies  of  the  cattle  and  sheep  allowed  them 
to  be  complementary  rather  than  competitive  grazers  in  the 
summer  months,  and  since  the  cattle  grazed  the  surface  hor- 
izons this  study  confirmed  the  value  of  using  cattle  to  manage 
the  vegetation  in  the  summer  months  at  no  disadvantage  to  them 
and  some  large  advantage  to  the  sheep. 

EFFECTS  OF  UTILIZATION  BY  GRAZING  HILL  SHEEP  AND  BEEF  CATTLE 
ON  THE  GROWTH  AND  PRODUCTION  OF  HILL  PASTURE 

This  work  was  undertaken  because,  though  cutting  and  intermit- 
tent grazing  studies  have  shown  that  temperate  pasture  produc- 
tion can  be  increased  by  controlled  grazing  (Brougham,  1959 
and  1960;  Jameson,  1963;  Davidson,  1969),  net  herbage  accumu- 
lation (NHA)  appears  to  be  remarkably  insensitive  to  varia- 
tions in  grazing  management  (Hodgson  and  Wade,  1978).  In  most 
grazing  trials,  the  estimates  of  herbage  production,  which  in 
reality  are  estimates  of  net  change  in  herbage  mass  over  time, 
are  inadequate  for  calculation  or  interpretation  of  the  dynam- 
ics of  herbage  growth  and  utilization.  A series  of  experi- 
ments by  Bircham  (1981),  and  Bircham  and  Hodgson  (in  press  a 
and  b)  and  others  (Grant  et  al  . , 1981;  Grant  et  al . , in  press; 
Arosteguy,  1982),  were  conducted  that  examined  rates  of  her- 
bage growth,  and  losses  due  to  herbage  consumption  and  senes- 
cence and  decomposition,  in  order  to  determine  net  herbage  ac- 
cumulation and  the  efficiency  of  herbage  utilization. 

The  results  of  four  field  trials  have  shown  consistently  that 
rates  of  herbage  production  per  ha  are  greatest  when  swards 
are  maintained  between  1000  and  1700  kg  OM/ha  with  rapid  de- 
clines at  lower  levels  but  relatively  small  changes  above 
1000-1200  kg  OM/ha.  Figure  2 shows  the  results  of  a series  of 
experiments  in  which  simple  ryegrass/white  clover  swards  where 
maintained  at  different  herbage  masses  throughout  the  grazing 
season.  The  relative  insensitivity  of  net  herbage  production 
to  wide  range  of  continuous  stocking  treatments  is  a conse- 
quence of  rapid  adaptive  changes  in  sward  characteristics.  As 
herbage  mass  is  reduced  individual  tiller  size  is  reduced  but 


120 


tiller  population  density  increases  up  to  levels  as  high  as 
60,000  tillers/m^-  (Fig.  3).  Tiller  population  densities  are 
lower  on  cattle-grazed  compared  with  sheep-grazed  swards  lead- 
ing to  lower  herbage  growth  and  net  production  on  the  cattle- 
grazed  swards  later  in  the  season. 


J I i 1 1 I 1 l_ 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

Sward  Height  (cm) 


1 2 3 4 5 

Leaf  Area  Index 

Figure  2.  The  influence  of  variations  in  herbage  mass  on 
rates  of  herbage  growth,  senescence  and  net  production  in 
swards  continuously  grazed  by  sheep.  The  associations  between 
herbage  mass,  sward  height  and  leaf  area  index  for  also  shown. 
(Bircham  and  Hodgson  1982) 


The  results  indicate  that  there  is  little  advantage  to  be 
gained  in  terms  of  net  herbage  production,  or  in  production  of 
weaned  lamb  by  maintaining  continuously  stocked  swards  of  a 
herbage  mass  in  excess  of  1200-1500  kg/OM/ha  (Fig.  4).  Fur- 
ther work  is  being  carried  out  in  order  to  define  the  optima 
for  cattle  and  mixed  grazing  systems. 


121 


I/) 


o 

o 

o 


Herbage  Mass  (kg/ha) 


Figure  3.  The  influence  of  herbage  mass  on  tiller  population 
density  and  growth  per  tiller  in  a sward  continuously  grazed 
by  sheep.  (Bircham  1981) 


Figure  4.  The  influence  of  herbage  mass  maintained  under 
continuous  stocking  management  in  (a)  LWG  of  individual  lambs 
and  (b)  lamb  production  per  ha  per  day.  (from  Bircham  1981) 


122 


Growth/Main  Tiller  (mg/day) 


REFERENCES 


Arosteguy,  J.  C. 

1982.  The  dynamics  of  herbage  production  and  utilization 
in  swards  grazed  by  cattle  and  sheep.  Ph.D.  Thesis 
University  of  Edinburgh. 

Bircham,  J.  S. 

1981.  Herbage  growth  and  utilization  under  continuous 

stocking  management.  Ph.D.  Thesis.  University  of 
Ed  inburgh . 

Bircham,  J.  S.  and  Hodgson,  J. 


1983. 

Dynamics  of  herbage  growth  and  senescence  in  a mixed 
specie  species  temperate  sward  continuously  grazed 
by  sheep.  Proc  Proc.  14th  int.  Grassld  Congr., 
Lexington,  USA  (pp.  601603). 

In  press;  a.  The  influence  of  sward  condition  on  rates  of 
herbage  growth  and  senescence  under  continuous 
stocking  management.  Grass  and  Forage  Science. 

In  press;  b.  The  effects  of  change  in  herbage  mass  on 


Brougham, 

1959. 

herbage  growth  and  senescence  in  mixed  swards. 

Grass  and  Forage  Science. 

R.  W. 

The  effects  of  frequency  and  intensity  of  grazing  on 
the  productivity  of  a pasture  of  short  rotation  rye- 
grass and  red  and  white  clover.  New  Zealand  Journal 
of  Agricultural  Research,  2,  1232-1248. 

1960. 

The  effects  of  frequent  hard  grazings  at  different 
times  on  the  productivity  and  species  yields  of  a 
grass-clover  pasture.  New  Zealand  Journal  of 
Agricultural  Research,  3,  125-136. 

Davidson,  J.  L. 

1969.  Growth  of  grazed  plants.  Proceedings  of  the 


Eadie,  J. 
1967. 

Australian  Grassland  Conference,  2,  125-137. 

The  nutrition  of  grazing  hill  sheep;  utilization  of 
hill  pastures.  H.F.R.0.  4th  Report.  1964-1967, 
38-45. 

1970. 

Hill  sheep  production  systems  development. 

H.F.R.0.  5th  Report.  1967-1970,  70-87. 

Floate,  M.  J.  S 


1970. 

Mineralization  of  nitrogen  and  phosphorus  from  or- 
ganic materials  of  plant  and  animal  origin  and  its 
significance  in  the  nutrient  cycle  in  grazed  upland 
and  hill  soils.  Journal  of  the  British  Grassland 

Society,  25,  295-302. 

Forbes,  T.  D.  A. 

1982.  Ingestive  behaviour  and  diet  selection  in  grazing 
cattle  and  sheep.  Ph.D.  Thesis.  University  of 
Edinburgh. 

Grant,  Sheila  A.,  Barthram,  G.  T.,  Lamb,  W.  I.  C.  and  Milne, 
J.  A.  1978.  Effect  of  season  and  level  of  grazing  on  the 
utilization  of  heather  by  sheep.  I.  Responses  of 
the  sward.  Journal  of  the  British  Grassland  Soci- 


123 


ety,  33,  289-300. 

Grant,  S.  A.,  King,  J. , Barthram,  G.  T.  and  Torvell,  L. 

1981;  a.  Components  of  regrowth  in  grazed  and  cut  Lol ium 
perenne  swards.  Grass  and  Forage  Science  36,  155- 
168^ 

1981;  b.  Responses  of  tiller  populations  to  variation  in 

grazing  management  in  continuously  stocked  swards  as 
affected  by  time  of  year.  In  Wright  C.E.  ed. 

Plant  Physiology  and  Herbage  Production  Occa- 
sional Symposium  No.  13,  81-84,  British  Grass- 
land Society,  Hurley. 

Hill  Farming  Research  Organization 

1979.  Science  and  Hill  Farming.  Hill  Farming  Research 
Organization,  Penicuik,  pp.  136-148. 

1981.  Hill  Farming  Research  Organization  Biennial  Report 
1979-81. 

Hodgson,  J.  and  Wade,  M.  H. 

1978.  Grazing  management  and  herbage  production.  Proceed- 
ings of  the  British  Grassland  Society  Winter  Meet- 
ing, 1978,  pp . 

1.1-1.12. 

Holding,  A.  J.  and  King,  J. 

1963.  The  effectiveness  of  indigenous  populations  of 
Rhizobium  trifolii  in  relation  to  soil  factors. 
Plants  and  Soils  18,  191-198. 

Jameson,  D.  A. 

1963.  Responses  of  individual  plants  to  harvesting.  The 
Botanical  Review,  29,  552-594. 

Milne,  J.  A.,  Bagley,  L.  and  Grant,  Sheila  A. 

1979.  Effect  of  season  and  level  of  utilization  of  heather 
by  sheep.  2.  Diet  selection  and  intake  by  sheep. 
Grass  and  Forage  Science,  34,  45-53. 

Newbould,  P.  and  Haystead,  A. 

1978.  Trifolium  repens  (White  clover):  its  role,  estab- 
lishment and  maintenance  in  hill  pastures. 

H.F.R.O.  7th  Report  1974-1977,  49-68. 

Nicholson,  I. A. 

1967.  The  grazing  animal  in  vegetational  control. 

H.F.R.O.  4™  Report,  1964-1967,  46-50. 

Singer,  M.,  Holding,  A.  J.  and  King,  J. 

1964.  The  response  of  Trifolium  repens  to  inocula  contain- 
ing varying  proportions  of  effective  and  ineffective 
Rhizobia.  Transactions  of  the  8^b  International 
Congress  of  Soil  Science.,  Bucharest,  3,  1021-1025. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I would  like  to  thank  all  the  members  of  the  Hill  Farming 

Research  Organization  for  their  help  and  advice  during  the 

course  of  my  stay  there  and  particularly  the  director  Mr.  John 

Eadie,  Dr.  John  Hodgson,  Miss  S.  A.  Grant,  Mr.  R.  H.  Armstrong 

and  Mr.  M.  M.  Beattie. 


124 


CONTRIBUTORS 


Bashaw,  E.  C. , research  geneticist.  Crop  Genetics  and 

Improvement  Research  Unit,  Agricultural  Research  Service, 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Room  337A,  Soil  and  Crop 
Sciences  Department,  Texas  A&M  University,  College 
Station,  TX  77843 

Burson,  Byron  L.,  research  geneticist.  Forage  Improvement 
Research  Unit,  Agricultural  Research  Service,  U.S. 
Department  of  Agriculture,  P.0.  Box  748,  Temple,  TX  76301 

Burton,  Glenn  W. , research  geneticist.  Forage  and  Turf  Research 
Unit,  Agricultural  Research  Service,  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Georgia  Coastal  Plain  Experiment  Station, 
Tifton,  GA  31793 

Caddel,  J.  L.,  associate  professor.  Agronomy  Department, 
Oklahoma  State  University,  Stillwater,  OK  74078 

Clark,  David  A.,  research  animal  scientist.  Grassland  Division, 
Department  of  Scientific  and  Industrial  Research,  Private 
Bag,  Palmerston  North,  New  Zealand 

Coleman,  S.  W. , research  animal  scientist.  Beef  Cattle  Research 
Unit,  Agricultural  Research  Service,  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  P.0.  Box  1199,  El  Reno,  OK  73036 

Cuperus , Gerrit  W. , IPM  specialist.  Entomology  Department, 
Oklahoma  State  University,  Stillwater,  OK  74078 

Ely,  D.  G.,  professor.  Animal  Science  Department,  University  of 
Kentucky,  Lexington,  KY  40506 

Forbes,  Thomas  David  Alexander,  research  associate.  Animal 

Science  Department,  Oklahoma  State  University,  El  Reno,  OK 
73036 

Forwood,  J.  R. , research  agronomist.  Crop  Production  Research 
Unit,  Agricultural  Research  Service,  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Department  of  Agronomy,  University  of 
Missouri,  Columbia,  MO  65211 

Glenn,  B.  P. , research  animal  scientist.  Ruminant  Nutrition 

Laboratory,  Agricultural  Research  Service,  U.S.  Department 
of  Agriculture,  Building  200,  BARC-East,  Beltsville,  MD 
20705 

Godley,  W.  C.,  director.  Agricultural  Experiment  Station, 
Clemson  University,  Clemson,  SC  29631 

Hoveland,  Carl  S.,  professor.  Agronomy  Department,  University 
of  Georgia,  Athens,  GA  30602 

Johns,  C.  W. , graduate  assistant.  Soil  and  Crop  Sciences 

Department,  Texas  A&M  University,  College  Station,  TX 
77843 


125 


Jordan,  Wayne  R. , assistant  professor,  Temple-Blackland 

Research  Center,  Texas  A&M  University,  Temple,  TX  76501 
Knight,  William  E. , supervisory  research  agronomist.  Forage 
Research  Unit,  Crop  Science  Research  Laboratory, 
Agricultural  Research  Service,  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  P.0.  Box  272,  Mississippi  State,  MS  39762 
Lambert,  M.  Greg,  research  agronomist.  Grasslands  Division, 

Department  of  Scientific  and  Industrial  Research,  Private 
Bag,  Palmerston  North,  New  Zealand 
Lippke,  H. , associate  professor,  Texas  A&M  University, 
Agricultural  Research  Station,  Angleton,  TX  77515 
McMurphy,  W.  E. , professor.  Agronomy  Department,  Oklahoma  State 
University,  Stillwater,  OK  74078 
Martz,  F.  A.,  professor.  Dairy  Science  Department,  University 
of  Missouri,  Columbia,  MO  65211 
Matches,  A.  G. , professor,  Texas  Tech  University,  Lubbock,  TX 
79406  (formerly  with  the  Agricultural  Research  Service, 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture) 

Monson,  Warren  G. , research  agronomist.  Forage  and  Turf 
Research  Unit,  Agricultural  Research  Service,  U.S. 
Department  of  Agriculture,  Georgia  Coastal  Plain 
Experiment  Station,  Tifton,  GA  31793 
Pederson,  Gary  A.,  research  geneticist,  Forage  Research  Unit, 
Crop  Science  Research  Laboratory,  Agricultural  Research 
Service,  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Box  272, 
Mississippi  State,  MS  39762 

Rommann,  L.  M. , professor.  Agronomy  Department,  Oklahoma  State 
University,  Stillwater,  OK  74078 
Santelmann,  P.  W. , head,  Agronomy  Department,  Oklahoma  State 
University,  Stillwater,  OK  74078 
Sims,  P.  L.,  research  leader.  Southern  Great  Plains  Field 

Station,  Agricultural  Research  Service,  U.S.  department  of 
Agriculture,  Woodward,  OK  73801 
Sleper,  D.  A.,  associate  professor.  Department  of  Agronomy, 
University  of  Missouri,  Columbia,  MO  65211 
Taliaferro,  C.  M. , professor.  Agronomy  Department,  Oklahoma 
State  University,  Stillwater,  OK  74078 
Totusek,  Robert,  head.  Animal  Science  Department,  Oklahoma 
State  University,  Stillwater,  OK  74078 
Voigt,  Paul  W. , supervisory  research  geneticist.  Forage 

Improvement  Research  Unit,  Agricultural  Research  Service, 
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  P.0.  Box  748,  Temple,  TX 
76501 

Ward,  Clement  E. , associate  professor.  Department  of 

Agricultural  Services,  Oklahoma  State  University, 
Stillwater,  OK  74078 

White,  Harlan  E. , extension  specialist.  Department  of  Agronomy, 
Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University, 
Blacksburg,  VA  24061 


126 


*U.S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE:  1983-669-038:4 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 
AGRICULTURAL.  RESEARCH  SERVICE 
SOUTHERN  REGION 
P.  O.  BOX  83326 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LOUISIANA  70153 


OFFICIAL  BUSINESS 
PENALTY  FOR  PRIVATE  USE,  S300 


POSTAGE  AND  FEES  PAID 
U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF 
AGRICULTURE 

AGR  101 


n 3RA.ua;.! 

US > A APHIS 
PLAN r P R OTS C r I N 
F S3  LDS  LIBRARY 


8 3 UARA1TIK 

R)0  M 5 63 A 


HY AITS V IL L r M3  Z(j’ . L